Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Financial - Credit Services / Mighty Craft Limited

Mighty Craft Limited

mcl · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker mcl
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Financial - Credit Services
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Mighty Craft Limited
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
A transformative year
Annual Report & Accounts 
2021 

M

o

r

s

e

s

C

l

u

b

P

L

C

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

&

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Introduction

Morses Club PLC  
is an established, 
relationship-driven 
consumer finance 
provider.

Our purpose

Our vision

Helping to improve the financial  
lives of underserved and  
excluded individuals.

To build the market-leading  
non-standard credit company  
in the UK – with the customer  
at the heart of our business.

Contents

Strategic Report
1 
2 
4 
6 
8 
10 
12 
16 
18 
20 
22 
26 
27 
32 
36 
38 

Highlights
Company Overview
Response to Covid-19
Market Overview
Investment Case
Chairman’s Statement
Chief Executive Officer’s Review
Our Business Model
Our Strategy
Our Strategy in Action
Financial Review
Risk Management
Principal Risks and Uncertainties
Engaging with our Stakeholders
Operating Responsibly
Satisfied Stakeholders

Corporate Governance
41 
44 
46 
54 
58 
64 
67 
74 
75 
80 

Board of Directors
Chairman’s Introduction to Governance
Corporate Governance Report
Nominations & Succession Committee
Audit Committee
Risk & Compliance Committee
Directors’ Remuneration Report
Disclosure Committee
Directors’ Report
Directors’ Responsibilities

Financial Statements
82 
93 
94 
95 
96 
97 
99 
142 

Independent Auditor’s Report
Consolidated Income Statement
Balance Sheet
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity
Cash Flow Statements
Notes to the Consolidated Cash Flow Statements
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Morses Club PLC Information for Shareholders

Strategic Report

Highlights

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

1

Adjusted Profit1 (Before Tax)

Adjusted Earnings Per Share (p)

Operational highlights

22.0

13.6

15.5

13.8

9.5

8.4

6.1

3.9

2019

2020 N

2020 A

2021

2019

2020 N

2020 A

2021

£6.1m
-55.8%

3.9p
-53.6%

Adjusted Return1 On Equity (%)

Adjusted Return1 On Assets (%)

29.6

25.4

22.3

19.9

16.6

14.8

10.3

8.9

2019

2020 N

2020 A

2021

2019

2020 N

2020 A

2021

10.3%
-48.2%

8.9%
-39.9%

Reported Profit (Before Tax)

Basic Earnings Per Share (p)

20.2

12.5

11.5

7.3

2019

2020

0.5
2021

2019

2020

0.2
2021

£0.5m
-95.7%

0.2p
-97.3%

Return on Equity (%)

Return on Assets (%)

27.2

23.4

17.2

12.8

2019

2020

0.4
2021

2019

2020

0.3
2021

0.4%
-97.7%

0.3%
-97.7%

1 

 Definitions and reconciliations to the nearest statutory measure are set out in the Glossary 
of Alternative Performance Measures on Pages 138 to 141

•  Due to Covid-19, we had to 

reconfigure our operating model 
and existing technology to work 
remotely, allowing us to maintain 
customer contact and collection 
activity whilst generating new 
lending

•  Development of fully online 

Customer Portal, with over 107,000 
customers (FY20: 78,000)

• 

19,000 Morses Club Card 
customers, with £10.3m in loan 
balances (FY20: 30,000 customers, 
£15.5m loan balances)

•  Commenced re-engineering 

of our online businesses to build 
our product offering and take 
advantage of the opportunity in the 
wider non-standard credit market

•  Delivered further technology 

enhancements in our HCC business 
to provide a digital service to 
customers enabling a virtually 
paperless documentation process

•  Moved our e-money current 

account services onto Modulr, and 
transferred all our digital credit 
products onto a new operating 
platform with Equiniti

Alternative performance measures
In reporting financial information, the Group 
presents alternative performance measures, 
‘APMs’ which are not defined or specified under 
the requirements of IFRS. The Group believes 
that these APMs, which are not considered to be 
asubstitute for or superior to IFRS measures, provide 
stakeholders with additional helpful information on 
the performance of the business. The APMs are 
consistent with how the business performance is 
planned and reported within the internal 
management reporting to the Board. Some of these 
measures are also used for the purpose of setting 
remuneration targets. The definition of Adjusted PBT 
is outlined in the glossary of APMs on Page 138. 
For FY20 an additional measure of Normalised 
Adjusted PBT had been adopted to remove the 
impact of Covid-19 from the adjusted PBT figure. This 
was to illustrate the underlying performance prior to 
Covid-19 adjustments, since the pandemic itself did 
not have a material impact on the FY20 trading.
Each of the APMs used is set out in the glossary at 
the back of the statement on Pages 138 to 141. 
Reconciliations are also provided on Page 139 to the 
nearest statutory measure. The Group makes certain 
adjustments to the statutory measures in order to 
derive APMs where relevant. The Group’s policy is to 
exclude items that are considered to be significant in 
both nature and/or quantum and where treatment 
as an adjusted item provides stakeholders with 
additional useful information to assess the 
year-on-year trading performance of the Group.

Company Overview

2

Company Overview

Complementary divisions offering a range of credit 
and digital e-money current account products.

The Morses Club brand  
has a history dating back  
130 years, with the current  
PLC Group having been 
established in May 2016. 

We have two divisions offering 
distinct forms of non-standard 
finance, home collected credit 
and digital financial services. 
Within our two divisions we 
have three brands, which 
provide flexible, affordable  
and convenient access to  
credit for over 180,000  
(FY20 255,000) customers  
in the UK.

HCC

Operating under the Morses Club 
brand, we provide small, short-term 
loans to customers who need 
affordable credit and are often 
unable to access traditional 
mainstream lending. 

Our model is based on a loan issue 
and collection process via agents that 
typically live in the same communities 
as our customers. Due to Covid-19, we 
have adapted our operating model to 
work remotely using our existing 
technology platform to maintain 
customer contact and collection 
activity and a new remote lending 
process to deliver cashless lending  
to new and existing customers. 

Customers value the simple, fixed 
payment weekly collections model 
and the fact that no charges are 
levied for arrangement or if payments 
are missed.

We ensure that customers are 
supported through any short-term 
difficulties. HCC products always 
consider an element of forbearance 
and this was temporarily extended 
during the pandemic in line with 
government guidelines.

The majority of our borrowers are 
repeat customers, and customer 
satisfaction rates are consistently  
at 97% or above.

We are the second largest UK  
Home Collected Credit lender, and 
serve customers throughout the UK 
through our network of 1,385 (FY20 
1,695) self-employed agents.

98%

HCC CUSTOMER 
SATISFACTION1

151,000

HCC CUSTOMERS

1 

Independently measured via Mustard research

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

3

Digital

We operate under two digital brands.

U Account is an e-money  
current account provider

U Account offers customers online 
current account services, based on 
two pricing models: pay as you  
go or a monthly fee, which includes  
a set level of inclusive transactions.  
U Account is designed for customers 
who may not have access to 
mainstream banking or want a 
secondary account.

Dot Dot offers online 
instalment loans of up  
to 48 months 

Dot Dot is a fully online lending 
provider, which was launched in 
March 2017. The product offering 
aims to serve the needs of two 
segments of the lending market: 
short-term 3-6 and 9-month 
duration loans serving customers  
who want to borrow £100-£1,000, 
and loans of £1,500-£5,000 for 
those customers who want to borrow 
more over a longer term of up to  
48 months, with the upper limit for 
the latter increased from £4,000 due 
to customer demand.

23,000

ONLINE LENDING 
CUSTOMERS

6,000

E-MONEY CURRENT 
ACCOUNT CUSTOMERS

29,000

CUSTOMERS

Customers are supported through any short-term difficulties. Digital products 
always consider an element of forbearance and this was temporarily extended 
during the pandemic in line with government guidelines.

Read more on page 14 

 
Response to Covid-19

4

Response to Covid-19

The Covid-19 pandemic radically changed the 
needs of our customers. In line with our purpose  
of helping to improve the financial lives of 
underserved and excluded individuals, we  
had to change too.

WORKING FROM HOME

We invested in a comprehensive 
review of equipment, hardware and 
furniture so that employees could 
work safely and productively from 
home. Employee wellbeing and 
engagement were prioritised as we 
all adapted to new and challenging 
circumstances. 

OPERATING WITHOUT 
GOVERNMENT ASSISTANCE

Having analysed the furlough 
scheme and other support options, 
we made the decision not to seek 
any government assistance. We felt 
these schemes were not designed 
for a company like ours, and that we 
had the resources available to 
operate and progress without them.

FY21

Q1.

  FEB

  MAR

  APR

FY21

Q2.

  MAY

  JUN

  JUL

•  All staff begin to work from home, following UK 

•  Recommencement of lending to new HCC customers in 

Government restrictions

July 2020

• 

Investments made in hardware and equipment to 
make the transition as smooth as possible

•  Complete realignment of property strategy leading to 
operational exit from c. 90 field and support offices

•  Decision taken not to use the furlough scheme or seek 

any government assistance

•  Extension of our revolving credit facility to end of 

November 2021

•  Launch of remote lending product for existing HCC 

customers

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

5

Doorstep to digital

We have transformed our business to 
enable it to function and thrive in a 
remote and digital setting. Leveraging 
our existing digital capabilities and 
investment, we re-engineered the 
business to make it fit for purpose for 
our customers now and in the future.

This required us to rewire almost 
every part of what we do, from 
changing the way our products and 
services were delivered and our 
working practices, to rethinking our 
property strategy and approach to 
communications. Throughout this 
rapid transformation, we have 
maintained high levels of customer 
satisfaction, strong employee 
engagement and continued to meet 
all regulatory requirements.

Our transformation in numbers

•  67% of lending is now remote
•  80% cash collections now made 

• 

remotely
107,000 customers on the digital 
customer portal (78,000 at end of 
Feb 2020) 

•  From over 90 properties down  
to one, using flexible property 
options in the future

LAUNCHING NEW 
PRODUCTS

We required new remote lending 
products to meet our customers’ 
needs. Leveraging our existing 
technology and expertise, we rapidly 
launched new ways to deliver our 
products and moved to new 
platforms that have enabled us  
to keep customers satisfied whilst 
moving us towards a more 
comprehensive financial  
services offering.

REDUCING OUR ESTATE

Our property strategy has changed 
and our estate footprint has been 
transformed. We’ve operationally 
exited c. 90 admin branches and 
offices in Leeds and Sheffield, 
leaving us with just one property,  
our contact centre in Nottingham.

FY21

Q3.

  AUG

  SEP

  OCT

FY21

Q4.

  NOV

  DEC

  JAN

•  Launch of digital Refer-a-Friend scheme in September 

•  Enabling of virtually paperless loan documentation 

– c.6,000 customers had used it by year end

process

•  Launch of new Loan Management platform, vital for 

•  Amended approach to customer satisfaction to reflect 

next phase of digital strategy

updated processes

•  Transfer of U Account operating platform to Modulr

•  Carried on with good customer outcomes survey – 

•  Launch of improved mobile App for U Account

achieving 98% satisfaction for the year

•  Continued to survey employees in order to develop a 

plan for flexible working going forwards

•  Tracey Mulligan (HR and Communications Director) 
won the Transformation of the Year award at the 
Women In Credit Awards 2020

•  Extension of our revolving credit facility to end of 

December 2021

Market Overview

6

Market Overview

Well positioned to 
take advantage of 
market opportunities.

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

Market  
drivers

The non-standard finance market is 
sizeable and growing

An estimated 10-12m consumers –  
20-25% of UK adults – have difficulty 
accessing credit from mainstream 
financial institutions1 due to an impaired 
or non-existent credit history.

Read more on page 14

Market trends 

Non-Standard Credit Market expected  
to grow as supply contracts

In the last year, the impact of the pandemic 
has dramatically altered the markets we 
operate in. We have seen a large number  
of both HCC and digital lenders exit the 
market for various reasons, and there is 
now a much smaller number of competitors 
operating in both sectors.

Read more on page 16

The 
opportunity 
for Morses 
Club

Market trends support Morses  
Club’s strategy

Read more on page 16

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

Fig 1 – Key

Fig 2 – Key

Unemployed
Underemployed*

Logbook
Rent-to-own
Pawnbroking
Guarantor
Motor finance
Instalment
HCSTC
Home credit

Fig 1 – Unemployment 
and underemployment* (m)

The effects of the pandemic are also 
likely to push more prime borrowers 
into the non-standard market, with 
around 2m people currently moving 
between standard and non-standard 
markets due to credit scores2.

Unemployment has risen during the 
year, and large numbers of adults are 
also working part-time while looking 
for full-time employment, or are on 
zero-hour contracts. A proportion of 
the working age population – whether 
or not in work – are also reliant on 
benefits, which have been reduced  

as a result of government austerity 
policies since 2010. Insecure work  
and the resultant low or fluctuating 
income are driving the demand for 
non-prime lending.

2 million

MOVE BETWEEN STANDARD/
NON-STANDARD

5
7
3

.

9
0
2

.

6
6
.
1

7
0
0
2

8
1
.
5

8
7
2

.

5
1
.
4

7
3
2

.

0
4
2

.

5
1
.
4

9
7
.
1

5
7
3

.

8
0
0
2

9
0
2

.

.

7
3
2

9
0
0
2

The community of small, family-
owned HCC businesses has been 
badly hit, with a reduction of 
companies in the sector from 400 to 
262 during the year. Our customer 
engagement has shown us that there 
is strong appetite for our blend of 
face-to-face and digital service from 
our HCC customers. 

This trend of digitalising HCC services 
is expected to remain post-pandemic 
and continue to grow. Our size within 
the HCC sector and response to 

Covid-19, gives us better economies 
of scale to address this market.

The long-term trends within the 
digital business centre on the 
emergence of digital challenger banks 
and the growing number of customers 
leaving the High Street for new 
alternatives.

262

HCC PROVIDERS

We see strong demand for our new 
and established products and 
services as we come out of lockdown. 
Our more integrated ‘whole of 
customer’ approach to offer selected 
products and services based on each 
customer’s needs, will create 
opportunities from both existing and 
new customers.

There is expected to be a pent-up 
demand for lending in the second half 
of 2021 and there are now far fewer 
competitors challenging us for that 
custom. We are strongly positioned to 

benefit from this reduced competition 
within the HCC industry, and to 
benefit from increasing demand  
in digital.

We see opportunities to attract new 
customers as they move away from 
the mainstream because we are 
distinguished from the majority of 
online disruptors through our focus  
on the non-prime sector and on the 
provision of credit. 

10m

MARKET POTENTIAL

Sources
1.  LEK UK Specialist lending market trends and outlook 2018
2.  Company accounts, Apex insights analysis, FCA market statistics

7

1
8
3

.

3
4
2

.

8
3
1
.
1
8
3

.

8
3
1
0
4
2
2

.

8
3
.
1

8
1
0
2
1
5
1
,
1

8
4
5

.

9
9
2

.

0
5
8
.
2
1
.
5

8
7
2

.

0
1
0
2

0
4
2

.

9
0
0
2
4
7
1
,
1

4
6
5

.

5
0
3

.

9
8
5
4
2
5

.
.

9
9
2

.

1
1
0
2

0
5
2

.

0
1
0
2
5
6
1
,
1

9
6
5

.

2
1
.
3

1
6
5

.

3
1
.
3

0
9
4

.

7
8
2

.

9
5
4

.

0
8
2

.

1
2
4

.

8
5
2

.

7
4
5
6
2
5

.

.

9
6
5

7
4
2

.

.

5
0
3

.

2
1
.
3

3
0
2

.

1
6
5

.

3
1
.
3

2
1
0
2

3
1
0
2

4
1
0
2

9
5
2

.

7
5
2

.

7
4
2

.

0
9
4

.

7
8
2

.

8
7
.
1

9
5
4

.

0
8
2

.

5
1
0
2

3
6
.
1

1
2
4

.

8
5
2

.

6
1
0
2

1
0
4

.

3
5
2

.

8
4
1
.
0
1
4

.

3
7
5
1
0
2
2

.

3
0
2

.

8
7
.
1

3
6
.
1

8
4
.
1

1
1
0
2
2
5
1
,
1

2
1
0
2

3
1
0
2

4
1
0
2

1
6
1
,
1

4
6
0
,
1

6
1
0
2

5
1
0
2

,

8
5
2
4 1
6
0
,
1

7
1
3
0
8
2
2
,
1

6
6
.
1

7
0
0
2

9
7
.
1

8
0
0
2

4
2
1
,
1

5
7
0
,
1

7
0
0
,
1

4
7
1
,
1

5
6
1
,
1

2
5
1
,
1

1
6
1
,
1

4
2
1
,
1

5
7
0
,
1

7
0
0
,
1

,

8
5
2
4 1
6
0
,
1

4
6
0
,
1

3
8
2
,
1

1
5
1
,
1

7
0
0
2

8
0
0
2

9
0
0
2

0
1
0
2

1
1
0
2

2
1
0
2

3
1
0
2

4
1
0
2

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

7
0
0
2

8
0
0
2

9
0
0
2

0
1
0
2

1
1
0
2

2
1
0
2

3
1
0
2

4
1
0
2

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

Fig 2 – Historical and forecast new lending 
by segment excluding credit cards (m)

7,835

50

50

50

6,450

300
300
500

6,450

750

300
300
500

750

50

750

1,300

750

1,300

347
300
666
7,835

50

347
1,141
300
666

1,217
1,141

1,217
1,615

1,615

2,500

2,500

2,500

2,500

4,979

370
300
320
680

620

903

50

4,979

370
300
320
680

620

903

1,736

1,736

2016

2018

2016

2018

2021

2021

Sources
Fig 1 

 ONS, OBR (Note: underemployed defined as workers 
who are employed but wish to work more hours)

Fig 2  Apex insight analysis

  
Investment Case

8

Investment Case

Our progress in 2021 has 
brought us closer to our vision  
of becoming a more complete 
financial services provider.

Established 
market position

#2 Home Collected Credit company in 
the UK, and gaining share

180,000 customers across the UK

High levels of customer satisfaction 
and repeat business

Read more on page 16

Sound risk 
management

Prudent credit risk policy: stringent 
criteria applied to every customer, 
every loan

Robust balance sheet and  
funding model

Read more on page 26

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

9

Scalable 
infrastructure

Scalable, highly invested IT platform

Widening product and digital 
offering, notably into online loans  
and online e-money current  
account services

Read more on page 16

Well positioned 
for growth

Roadmap of organic 
growth initiatives

Well placed for consolidation 
in a fragmented market

Untapped market potential 
of c.10m people

Read more on page 16

Proven financial 
performance

Despite a 37.0% reduction in Credit 
Issued and a 26.5% reduction in the 
loan book due to lower demand 
during Covid-19, the Group was both 
profitable and cash-generative 
despite the headwinds that have 
affected the sector and 
wider economy.

Strong executive 
team

Graeme Campbell appointed as Chief 
Financial Officer on 1 January 2021

An experienced and stable Executive 
team and Board, with relevant sector 
knowledge and complementary  
capabilities

Final dividend of 2.0p per share

Read more on page 41

Read more on page 22

Chairman’s Statement

10

Chairman’s Statement

Our Annual Report 2021 
demonstrates how we 
have continued to build  
on our existing strategy  
to the benefit of our key 
interest groups – our 
shareholders, customers 
and stakeholders – to 
create a wider digital 
product and service 
offering which meets 
changing customer  
needs.

Stephen Karle
Chairman

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

11

It has been a year of great progress 
for Morses Club. The Covid-19 crisis 
presented entirely new challenges for 
the business and for our stakeholders, 
but by ramping up the digitalisation  
of our products and services, we  
have been able to keep doing what 
we do best: meeting the need for 
responsible lending across the UK.

Across the Group, we have truly risen 
to the occasion this year. The depth  
of capability and flexibility within our 
teams has been demonstrated by the 
rapid response to the changed needs 
of our customers. Developing and 
launching digital solutions that have 
enabled us to keep lending and 
maintain high levels of satisfaction  
in such a short space of time has  
been a remarkable achievement.

As well as demonstrating the 
soundness of our strategic direction 
towards digitalisation, I have been 
very pleased with the ability of  
the business to adapt to new 
circumstances and impressed by the 
teamwork, resilience and commitment 
our teams have displayed. The 
contribution of every single member 
of the Morses Club team has been 
exemplary, and I’d like to extend my 
personal thanks to all.

Environment, social and governance

Environmental, social and governance 
(ESG) matters remain high on the 
Board agenda, and this year we have 
made significant progress towards 
reducing our environmental impact. 
By changing our property strategy 
and dramatically reducing the 
number of offices we operate from, 
we have enabled a wide range of 
environmental benefits, including 
reduced emissions from travel, 
reduced energy use and becoming  
an almost paperless business. 

Board changes

On 1 January 2021, Graeme 
Campbell was appointed CFO
following approval by the FCA. 
Graeme brings a wealth of highly 
relevant sector and financial 
experience, along with broader digital 
and commercial skills, which will
be invaluable to Morses Club as the 
company develops. On the same date, 
Andy Thomson returned to his role as 
Non-Executive Director.

During the year, Non-Executive 
Director Baroness Simone Finn 
stepped down from the Board due  
to the time commitments of her  
other roles. We thank her for her 
contributions during her time with  
us and wish her well.

Following the year end, Non-Executive 
Director Les Easson decided to retire 
from the Board. Les joined Morses 
Club as an agent in 1983 and rose 
quickly within the organisation to 
hold a number of management 
roles, latterly serving as Operations 
Director between 2012 and 2019, 
before joining the Board as a 
Non- Executive Director. I would like 
to extend my sincere gratitude to Les 
for his decades of service to Morses 
Club and his instrumental contribution 
to the Company’s success.

I am delighted to confirm that we 
have appointed Sheryl Lawrence and 
Michael Yeates who will be joining the 
board with effect from 1 May 2021. 
Their breadth of experience and 
demonstrable fintech background  
will complement our accelerated shift 
into this area. Over time, we expect  
to grow the amount of fintech skills 
and experience on the Board to allow  
us to deliver on the business’s core 
objectives.

Outlook

Despite the progress made across  
the country in recent months, we’re 
not out of the woods on the pandemic 
yet and our top priority remains  
the safety and wellbeing of our 
customers, colleagues and agents. 
When life does return to normality, 
the transformation of our business 
means we will not be the same as we 
were before, but we will ensure we 
keep listening to our key stakeholders 
as we settle into new ways of working.

This year has proven that we are 
a flexible and resilient business, able  
to evolve and adapt to meet the 
requirements of our customers  
and the marketplace. Safe in that 
knowledge, we are optimistic about 
the demand for our products and 
services as the economy reopens and 
recovers throughout 2021 and beyond.

Chief Executive Officer’s Review

12

Chief Executive Officer’s Review

A transformative 
year for the business.

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 
Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

13

Though FY21 was undoubtedly a year of 
many challenges, it is one we can look back 
on with an incredible amount of pride. 

Paul Smith
Chief Executive Officer

We have delivered a resilient 
performance for our stakeholders 
and made significant progress 
towards becoming a more complete 
financial services provider.

The time and resources invested in 
developing our technology platforms in 
recent years have been instrumental to 
our successful response to the Covid-19 
crisis. The swift transition to home 
working, including a fully operational 
virtual call centre system, and the 
speed with which we were able to 
restart lending to customers, were 
testament to our prior investment in 
digital. As a result, we find ourselves in 
a very promising position as the country 
begins to reopen.

In addition to the very high levels of 
customer satisfaction that we 
maintained, I feel immense pride in 
how adaptable and resilient our 
people have proven to be this year. 
The sheer doggedness of the whole 
team to react to our business having 
to change practically overnight and 
undertake the work required to 
produce such a strong performance 
has been nothing short of 
outstanding, and my thanks go out to 
everyone at Morses Club.

Performance

Despite the many positives from the 
year, Covid-19 has clearly impacted 
our performance, with customer 
numbers, credit issued and cash 
collected all down across the Group. 
This came as no surprise to us, with 
periods of lockdown meaning many 
consumers had little to no 
requirement for credit services. 

Although we’ve lost customers, the 
collection percentage of our smaller 
base remained reasonably steady 
despite disruption towards the 
beginning of the pandemic, which is a 
real achievement and testament to 
the hard work of our people and 
systems. We also remain optimistic 
because we fully expect many 
customers to come back to us when 
the economy reopens.

Our successful response to Covid-19 
has ensured the Group remains 
profitable, despite having to 
reconfigure our operating model  
and change the way we run our 
business. The value of new credit 
issued across the Group fell during 
the year as a consequence of reduced 
customer demand for our products 
during lockdown measures.  

Despite the economy shutting down 
for long periods of the year, our HCC 
division continued to perform strongly  
and issued new credit of £109.7m  
(FY20 £174.2m), closing the year  
with total loan receivables of £48.0m 
(FY20 £67.9m). During the period  
our digital division grew its loan book 
and issued new credit of £19.3m 
(FY20 £16.1m), closing the year  
with loan receivables of £5.6m  
(FY20 £4.9m). As a consequence  
of lower demand during the year i 
n periods when the economy was 
closed, Group receivables fell from 
£72.8m in FY20 to £53.5m in FY21, 
our total number of customers also 
reduced to 180,000 (FY20: 255,000). 
Despite the challenges faced by the 
business, we continued to deliver 
excellent support and service to  
our customers, resulting in a 98% 
customer satisfaction score  
(FY20: 97%).

14

Chief Executive Officer’s Review continued

HCC
In response to the evolving Covid-19 
situation, the HCC division tightened its 
lending criteria as we deliberately 
limited our appetite for lending. We 
sought to identify only the highest 
quality customer groups, and this 
resulted in us solely lending to existing 
customers for a time, before we 
cautiously expanded our offering to 
new customers again. We ended the 
year with customer numbers and lower 
lending at levels similar to what we 
forecasted, but the effectiveness of our 
cautious approach was demonstrated 
in the final quarter of FY21 as we were 
able to achieve a cash collections 
performance matching the same period 
of FY20, an outstanding result given the 
market circumstances.

It has also been clear from customer 
satisfaction surveys that our HCC 
customers are very happy with our 
new blend of digital and face-to-face 
customer service. Though many still 
value the personal contact of our 
agents, a significant number have 
embraced the ease and flexibility 
provided by the customer portal,  
and we expect this trend to continue.

Digital 
We also tightened our lending criteria 
within our digital business, however, 
we still received and approved  
more applicants, grew our customer 
base, issued more loans and even 
managed to improve our collection 
performance. We believe this excellent 
performance demonstrates that 
better decision making is happening 
as a direct result of the new systems, 
practices and procedures we have 
embedded with our new loan 
management platform, which is 
hugely encouraging.

Though we expected the digital 
business to perform well with its 
established customers, as 27% of  
our lending has been from existing 
customers, our ability to achieve 
growth despite the circumstances  
has been a real positive of FY21.

In addition, we also rebased our 
e-money current account services 
products onto a new platform which 
offers true banking-grade digital 
services to our customers and is now 
truly scalable. This has seen us 
develop our longer-term, lower cost 
and revolving credit products, which 
we plan to offer to our banking 
customers in Q1 FY22. 

External market

Strategy

Our markets have been radically 
changed by the pandemic. We see 
robust demand in the non-standard 
finance market as Covid-19 recedes 
and beyond, with a pent-up demand 
expected to emerge once lockdowns 
are completely lifted. 

We are likely to benefit from reduced 
competition within the HCC industry. 
The community of approximately 400 
locally-focused and family-owned 
businesses has sadly been greatly 
reduced this year to 262, and we 
would be surprised to see all of those 
businesses re-emerge in the near 
future. We also believe that, post-
pandemic, our starting position is 
stronger than our national, quoted 
competitors, due to our successful 
changes to the way in which products 
are delivered and our risk appetite 
with regard to lending.

We are also strongly positioned to 
benefit from high demand in digital  
as a number of online lenders have 
exited the market and left us with far 
fewer competitors in that space.

Within the digital banking sector, there 
has been great interest as a growing 
number of customers migrate away 
from mainstream lenders to emerging 
digital banks. We see exciting 
opportunities for Morses Club to pick 
up customers as they move away 
from the mainstream, because the 
prevalent online disruptors are not 
focused on either the non-prime 
sector or on the provision of credit  
as an integral part of the banking 
relationship.

During the year, the Group has 
observed a noticeable increase in  
the level of complaints received from 
both Claims Management Companies 
(CMCs) and Customers. Whilst the 
increase in complaints is in line with 
sector-wide volumes, the number of 
complaints received by the Group  
is proportionately lower than other 
lenders in the sector. Many of the 
complaints received have been 
submitted by CMCs on behalf of 
customers, however, the Group is  
fully committed to reviewing every 
complaint and has provided sufficient 
resource to ensure each case is 
assessed individually and all 
customers are treated fairly.

Our strategic response to the crisis  
has been focused on exploiting the 
re-engineering and digitalisation of the 
business that had been taking place  
for many years. Our steady evolution 
had to become a sudden shift, but our 
existing technology and expertise has 
enabled us to make good progress.  
Our new operating model is already 
lowering operating costs and increasing 
efficiencies, whilst still providing 
excellent levels of customer satisfaction, 
and good customer outcomes.

As we move beyond the pandemic, 
we are responding to an emerging 
desire from consumers for a wider 
range of products and services within 
the financial services sector. Our 
strategic pillars are focused on 
cross-selling our products and 
supporting all customers with a blend 
of our traditional, face-to-face DNA 
and what we believe to be our cutting-
edge technology solutions. We believe 
we are well positioned to drive strong 
volume growth across both divisions 
going forwards.

People, culture and stakeholders

Throughout the pandemic, our 
priorities have remained the same: 
protecting all of our key stakeholders 
whilst ensuring we could continue to 
support our customers and maintain 
high levels of satisfaction. Our 
deep-rooted culture and values, a key 
strength of the business, have been 
central to our response, with customer 
centricity, honesty, clarity and 
flexibility all underpinning our 
approach to helping stakeholders.

The transition to home working  
has been almost seamless, and I’m 
proud to say that our people have 
responded extraordinarily well to  
the year’s many challenges. Our  
early investments in hardware and 
equipment have made long-term 
home working easier and more 
comfortable for our teams, and  
this has been reflected in no 
demonstrable decline in productivity.

Looking forward, we see many benefits 
of a permanent flexible working model 
for certain parts of the business. 
This has allowed us to massively 
reduce our property estate, including 
a move of our registered office and 
the closure of all field-based offices, 
which will result in cost savings and 
environmental benefits.

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

15

Just as we have prioritised delivering 
for our customers during a difficult 
time, our customers have delivered 
for us. Covid-19 had an initial impact 
on repayment rates, but these have 
improved and are now back to 
pre-Covid-19 levels. Customers have 
been responsible and cooperative, 
with our work to build long-term 
relationships being rewarded. 
Maintaining these relationships and 
building new ones going forwards  
will likely require a new blend of 
face-to-face and digital service and 
engagement, but we will always be 
driven by satisfaction rates and what 
our customers tell us they want.

In terms of wider stakeholders, during 
the year we have increasingly moved 
away from our reliance on external 
technology suppliers. Bringing many of 
these facilities in-house will have many 
financial benefits going forwards, and 
we’re grateful to our partners for their 
help in this transition.

Outlook

As the economy gradually reopens 
throughout the first half of 2021, our 
priorities remain the health, safety 
and wellbeing of our key stakeholders. 
Though we appreciate many people 
are keen to return to the office as 
soon as possible, we will remain 
cautious in our own unlocking. With 
large parts of the economy set to 
remain closed until at least June, we 
are also cautious about our results for 
the first half of FY22. 

However, the UK economy is widely 
predicted to rapidly recover over the 
coming year, and driven by pent-up 
demand across both of our divisions 
and a greatly reduced competitive 
landscape, we are optimistic about 
achieving year-on-year growth in  
the second half of the year. Should  
the UK suffer a longer-term economic 
downturn as a result of either the 
pandemic or Brexit or both, our sector 
has proven resilient in the past and 
we would remain confident in steady 
customer demand.

Overall, there are many reasons to be 
excited about our future growth 
prospects. Our HCC customer base 
should recover and expand as a result  
of welcoming customers back and 
welcoming new customers from 
competitors that no longer exist. 
Increased cross-selling will introduce 
existing HCC customers to a broader 
range of digital products, which will  
drive performance and satisfaction 
improvements for both divisions. In our 
digital division, volume growth and 
profitability will be delivered through 
attracting a wide range of new customers. 

Taking full advantage of these 
opportunities will provide the bedrock for 
delivering attractive growth in the 
coming years once the pandemic has 
fully receded.

Paul Smith 
Chief Executive Officer
13 May 2021

180,000

CUSTOMERS  
ACROSS THE UK

98%

CUSTOMER  
SATISFACTION

FINAL DIVIDEND OF 

2.0p

PER SHARE

Our Business Model

16

Our Business Model

Our vision is to continue to grow as a leading  
provider of non-standard financial services in  
the UK. Covid-19 has enabled us to accelerate  
our digital transformation programme.

Our strengths

What we do 

Technology

Extensive investment in digital 
capabilities and services as part of 
our digital transformation 
programme.

People and culture

Experienced team of c. 560 employees 
and 1,385 self-employed, home-based 
agents – with the customer at the 
heart of what they do.

Scale

Economies of scale from a nationwide 
customer base of c. 180,000.

Robust financial position 

Cost-efficient capital from retained 
earnings, lending banks and investors.

Heritage and brand 

Trusted HCC brand based on  
130 years of valued relationships  
with customers and agents.

Open communication  
with regulator

Open and constructive dialogue with 
the regulator, including membership 
of the FCA’s Smaller Business 
Practitioner Panel.

Customers 
apply for a 
loan via our 
digital 
platform

Agent 
supports 
customer to 
fill out 
application 

Customers 
are credit 
scored via our 
platform and 
given an 
initial decision 
on eligibility 

If approved in 
principle, an 
agent contacts 
the customer to 
book an 
appointment 
remotely or 
face-to-face

HCC – Our redesigned 
customer journey

67% OF HCC CUSTOMERS 

NOW USE REMOTE 
LENDING MODEL

Digital customer 
journeys

Customers apply 
for loans, 
e-money current 
account via 
digital platforms 
including app 
and website

Customers are 
credit scored 
via our platform 
and given an 
initial decision 
in eligibility 

Extensive credit 
checks and risk 
assessments 
are carried out 
on affordability 

How our new model creates long-term success

Our digital approach saves our agents time and improves efficiency. 
Agents receive a lower commission rate but can take on more 
customers while providing the same level of customer service, 
enabling us to grow our customer base. It also provides the 
opportunity for further growth through integration of our  
offerings and roll out of a broader range of products and  
services to fulfil our long-term objective of becoming a more 
complete financial services provider whilst still delivering good
customer outcomes.

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

17

We have re-engineered our business model, redesigning our 
customer journey to embrace remote lending and collection while 
retaining our customer-led approach. This programme has also 
led to opportunities to launch new products and services to meet 
untapped customer demand.

Agent conducts 
extensive 
checks and risk 
assessments on 
affordability

Once authorised, 
collection 
process is 
confirmed and 
payment made 
into bank 
account or onto 
Morses Club 
card

Loan is repaid  
via digital 
platform on 
agreed terms.  
We provide 
support  
to customers in 
short-term 
difficulties

Customer 
develops 
creditworthiness 
over time which 
enables them to 
borrow again or 
access other 
products and 
services

Customer 
service teams 
are available to 
answer 
questions and 
help manage 
the process

If authorised, 
loan is paid into 
bank account or 
account is 
opened and 
prepaid card 
received

Accounts  
and loans are 
regularly 
monitored and 
potential issues 
flagged up

  See page 18 for more on our strategy

  See page 26 for more on our robust risk management

  See page 44 for more on our governance

How we share  
value with our 
stakeholders

Our customers:

We offer affordable, 
convenient and fast access 
to credit, excellent customer 
service levels and the 
opportunity to access 
additional products and 
services.

Our agents:

The personal service our 
agents provide remains key. 
We offer flexible and 
rewarding, commission-
based roles which can now 
be done largely remotely.

Our employees:

We have an open and 
collaborative culture with 
opportunities for 
development. Going 
forward we will offer a 
flexible working model 
focused on employee 
wellbeing which meets  
both operational and 
employee needs. 

Our investors: 

We use retained earnings 
and lower cost debt 
facilities to lend to our 
customers at a margin,  
and control the lending  
risks and costs in order  
to deliver consistent 
shareholder returns. 

98%

CUSTOMER 
SATISFACTION

92%

EMPLOYEES 
HAPPY WORKING 
FROM HOME

3.9p

ADJUSTED EPS

Our Strategy

18

Our Strategy

STRATEGIC 
PILLARS

We responded to 
the pandemic by 
accelerating our 
digitalisation 
strategy.  
Despite the 
transformation, 
our overall 
strategy remains 
the same.

Our strategic priorities have 
continued in line with our vision of 
becoming a more complete financial 
services provider. Focusing on these 
three pillars, supported by effective 
operational procedures and a robust 
financial position, will enable us to 
achieve our growth ambitions whilst 
still delivering for our stakeholders.

Our  
purpose
DRIVES OUR
Strategic 
pillars
IN ORDER  
TO ACHIEVE
Our vision

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

Transition HCC 
customers into 
a digitally-
based service

  Read more on page 16

Diversify into 
complementary 
products

  Read more on page 16

Continue to work 
responsibly and 
ethically and in the 
interests of our 
customers’ needs

  Read more on page 32

 
Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

19

STRATEGIC 
PRIORITIES

PROGRESS IN 
THE YEAR

KPIs

To offer HCC customers a 
pathway to our full range of 
financial products, focusing on 
what customers want, what they 
can benefit from and what they 
feel is appropriate. We will seek to 
reward good customers with 
longer-term and lower cost 
products to improve their 
financial wellbeing.

Within our digital division we 
want to see ambitious volume 
growth, enabled by the 
improvements we have made to 
our systems, practices and 
procedures during 2021.

•  Rapid acceleration in digitalising 
our HCC offering, moving many 
services from ‘doorstep to digital’.

•  Launch of remote lending product 
to deliver cashless lending to new 
and existing HCC customers.

•  Majority of lending and collecting 
are now digital and remote, with 
strong growth in customers using 
the digital customer portal.

•  New blend of digital and face-to-

face customer service.

107k

HCC CUSTOMERS 
USING PORTAL

There is a proven demand for 
additional products in a large 
and underserved market.
We will leverage the skills and 
experience within the business 
to launch new products and 
services that appeal to a 
broader customer base.

We continue to seek to make 
selected acquisitions in the 
non-standard finance markets.

•  Launch of Loan  

Management platform.

•  E-money current account 

services products moved onto a 
new more scalable platform.

•  Development of new longer-

term, lower cost and revolving 
credit products, which we will 
offer to our banking customers 
in Q1 FY22.

29k

CUSTOMERS IN 
DIGITAL DIVISION

We remain committed to doing 
the right thing for our internal 
and external stakeholders. 

•  Ongoing investment in customer 

dialogue and feedback, evolving our 
approach in line with new processes.

Our size enables us to be 
agile and flexible, being 
driven by the changing needs 
of customers and colleagues 
whilst acting in a professional 
and sustainable way. Safety 
and wellbeing have both 
been key priorities 
throughout the year.

We maintain a proactive and 
positive relationship with the 
regulator, maintaining regular 
communication. 

•  Employees engaged four times 
during the year to check on 
wellbeing and productivity.

•  Engaged in comprehensive 

communications with our agents to 
support them through the 
pandemic.

•  Tracey Mulligan was the winner of 
the Transformation of the Year 
award at the Women In Credit 
Awards 2020.

Our Strategy in Action

20

Our Strategy in Action

Every time I have put in an application 
form everything has been fine, the 
agent has been brilliant and they are 
friendly. I just cannot put it in to words 
and the service has been excellent.

Meeting customer needs

Flexible future

To ensure both existing and new customers 
could continue to access the products they 
needed, we immediately changed our service 
model. The new products we developed 
enabled us to quickly deliver vital cashless 
lending to customers. 

We maintained close contact with our customers through 
a range of channels, and the digital customer portal 
allowed us to move processes and support online and 
deliver a remote and paperless service to many customers 
for the first time.

The rapid digitalisation of our lending, communications and 
customer service was the result of internal integration and 
cross-function collaboration, enabled by our Group-wide 
culture of support and teamwork.

Three businesses working as one organisation

During the year we set up a Group-wide project to 
continue re-engineering the business to support digital 
transformation, and to align and streamline all of our 
employee processes. Due to the Group being the result of 
combining three businesses, we have historically had 
disparate approaches to HR, recruitment and inductions, 
learning and development, communications and 
engagement, as well as general ways of working. We took 
the opportunity during lockdown to assess and correct this 
issue, using employee engagement surveys to understand 
what our teams wanted.

Read more on page 39

98%

CUSTOMER 
SATISFACTION 

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

 
Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

21

23,000

ONLINE LENDING 
CUSTOMERS 

 w

Financial Review

22

Financial Review 

The Group delivered 
an encouraging 
financial performance 
in FY21, overcoming 
the many challenges 
presented by 
Covid-19 to remain 
profitable whilst 
transforming our 
operating model.

Graeme Campbell
Chief Financial Officer

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

 w

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

23

Overview

The results for the Group for the 52 weeks ended 27 February 2021 reflect an encouraging financial performance, 
overcoming the many challenges presented by Covid-19 to remain profitable while transforming our operating model. 

Though the closed economy has lowered demand for our services and caused our customer base and the loan book to 
shrink, our underlying debt and collection performance has been very strong and we have trimmed costs to mitigate the 
impact as much as possible. We also decided not to take any government support or furlough any staff.

On a personal level, I’m delighted to have joined the Group and have been very impressed by the progress achieved 
during the year. We are well placed to grow both sides of the business as the economy reopens and customer  
demand returns.

Reconciliation of Statutory profit before tax to Adjusted profit before tax and explanation of Adjusted EPS

£’m (unless otherwise stated)

Statutory Profit Before Tax
Covid-19 adjustment to impairment

Statutory Profit Before Tax before Covid-19 adjustment
Acquisition, restructuring and non-recurring costs
Exceptional (gain)2
Amortisation of acquisition intangibles3
Gains arising on acquisition

Normalised Adjusted Profit Before Tax1
Covid-19 adjustment to impairment

Adjusted Profit Before Tax1
Tax on Adjusted Profit Before Tax

Adjusted Profit After Tax
Statutory EPS1
Normalised EPS1
Adjusted EPS1
Statutory Return on Assets1
Normalised Return on Assets1
Adjusted Return on Assets1
Statutory Return on Equity1
Normalised Return on Equity1
Adjusted Return on Equity1

FY20

Digital

(9.7)
–

(9.7)
 2.6
(2.3)
0.4
–

(9.0)
–

(9.0)
(0.4)

(9.4)

FY21

Digital

(11.3)
–

(11.3)
 2.4
–
–
–

(8.9)
–

(8.9)
(0.2)

(9.1)

HCC

11.8 
–

11.8
 2.9
–
0.3
–

15.0
–

15.0
(0.8)

14.2

22.0%
27.2%
27.2%
18.5%
22.8%
22.8%

Total

0.5 
–

0.5
 5.3
–
0.3
–

6.1
–

6.1
(1.0)

5.1
0.2p
3.9p
3.9p
0.3%
8.9%
8.9%
0.4%
10.3%
10.3%

HCC

21.2 
1.7

22.9
 0.9
–
0.8
–

24.5
(1.7)

22.8
(2.4)

20.4

27.5%
31.1%
29.3%
30.1%
34.1%
32.1%

Total

11.5 
1.7

13.2
 3.5
(2.3)
1.2
–

15.5
(1.7)

13.8
(2.8)

11.0
7.3p
9.5p
8.4p
12.8%
16.6%
14.8%
17.2%
22.3%
19.9%

1   Definitions are set out in the Glossary of Alternative Performance Measures on pages 138 to 141
2   Release of contingent consideration in relation to the U Holdings Limited acquisition
3   Amortisation of acquired customer lists and agent networks

In FY21 we achieved an adjusted profit before tax1 of £6.1m (FY20: £13.8m). Statutory profit before tax was £0.5m 
(FY20: £11.5m). 

As expected, Covid-19 impacted demand within HCC with closing customers down by a third to 151,000 (FY20: 221,000) 
and period-end receivables decreasing by 29.3% to £48.0m (FY20: £67.9m). This resulted in adjusted profit before tax 
of £15.0m (FY20: £22.8m).

As with HCC, the Digital division was impacted by reduced demand due to lockdown measures and a tightening of 
lending criteria. Closing customers reduced by (14.7%) to 29,000 (FY20: 34,000) and revenue declined (4.2%) to £13.8m 
(FY20: £14.4m). This resulted in an adjusted loss before tax of (£8.9m), compared to FY20 (£9.0m). 

Total equity for the Group remained unchanged from £70.7m in FY20 to £70.7m.

24

Financial Review continued

Trading summary

£’m (unless otherwise stated)

Customer numbers (‘000s) 
Credit issued
Period end receivables
Average receivables

Revenue
Impairment
Agent Commission & Other cost of sales

Gross Profit
Administration expenses (pre-exceptional)
Depreciation

Operating Profit before exceptional items and 

amortisation of acquisition intangibles

Amortisation of acquisition intangibles
Acquisition, restructuring and non-recurring 

costs

Covid-19 adjustment to impairment
Exceptional gain

Operating profit
Funding costs

Statutory Profit Before Tax
Tax

Statutory Profit After Tax

Basic EPS

Group results

52-week period ended 27 February 2021 53-week period ended 29 February 2020

HCC

151 
109.7 
48.0 
52.3 

86.4 
(13.2)
(20.0)

53.2 
(33.8)
(3.6)

15.8 
(0.3)

(2.9)
–
–

12.5 
(0.7)

11.8 
(0.3)

11.5 

Digital

29 
19.3 
5.5 
5.2 

13.8 
(7.6)
(0.6)

5.6 
(12.2)
(0.7)

(7.3)
–

(2.4)
–
–

(9.7)
(1.6)

(11.3)
0.1 

(11.2)

Total

180 
129.0 
53.5 
57.5 

100.2 
(20.8)
(20.7)

58.8 
(46.0)
(4.3)

8.5 
(0.3)

(5.3)
–
–

2.8 
(2.4)

0.5 
(0.2)

0.2 

0.2p

HCC

221 
174.2 
67.9 
69.3 

119.3 
(27.6)
(27.0)

64.7 
(34.4)
(3.6)

26.7 
(0.8)

(0.9)
(1.7)
–

23.2 
(2.1)

21.2 
(2.0)

19.2 

Digital

34 
16.1 
4.9 
5.0 

14.4 
(7.1)
(0.6)

6.6 
(13.8)
(0.7)

(7.9)
(0.4)

(2.6)
–
2.3 

(8.5)
(1.1)

(9.7)
0.1 

(9.7)

Total

255 
190.3 
72.8 
74.3 

133.7 
(34.7)
(27.6)

71.3 
(48.2)
(4.3)

18.8 
(1.2)

(3.5)
(1.7)
2.3 

14.7 
(3.3)

11.5 
(2.0)

9.5 

7.3p

Credit issued to customers decreased by (32.2%) to £129.0m (FY20: £190.3m) mainly because of the Covid-19 impact on 
HCC business. HCC credit issued of £109.7m was a (37.0%) reduction on FY20 (FY20: £174.2m), reflecting both the 
reduced demand due to multiple national and regional Covid-19 lockdowns during the year and stricter lending criteria 
to protect the quality of the loan book. Credit issued in Digital was impacted by Covid-19 lockdowns and tighter lending 
criteria, but despite this, credit issued increased by 19.9% to £19.3m (FY20: £16.1m).

Revenue decreased by (25.1%) to £100.2m (FY20: £133.7m) due to the Covid-19 impact on demand and the temporary 
inability in HCC during H1 to lend to new customers. HCC revenue decreased by (27.6%) to £86.4m (FY20: £119.3m). 
Digital revenue decreased by (4.2%) to £13.8m (FY20: £14.4m) as a result of the collection of the acquired CURO 
Transatlantic Limited loan book inflating the numbers in FY20. 

Gross profit decreased by (17.5%) to £58.8m (FY20: £71.3m). The gross profit percentage increased to 58.7% from FY20 
53.3%. The HCC impairment charge as a percentage of revenue of 15.3% is below our guidance range of 21% to 26% of 
revenue. This is due to the favourable impact from a shrinking loan book under IFRS9, tighter lending criteria and the 
high proportion of lending to existing customers. The Digital impairment charge as a percentage of revenue of 55.1% is at 
the upper end of our guidance range of 45-55% of revenue. 

HCC agent commission costs decreased by (25.9%) to £20.0m (FY20: £27m), while as a percentage of revenue they 
increased to 23.1% from 22.6% in FY20 as a result of the loan book reducing during Covid-19. Administration expenses 
and depreciation decreased by £2.2m to £50.3m (FY20: £52.5m), although as a percentage of revenue they increased 
to 50.2% (FY20: 39.3%). A provision of £2m (FY20 £nil) for customer redress and Financial Ombudsman (FOS) fees has 
been recognised in recognition of outstanding complaints at the end of the period. Due to significantly lower complaint 
volumes in FY20 a prior year provision was immaterial and therefore not recognised. In estimating the FY21 provision, 
management have incorporated historical company information for the average percentage of complaints which are 
upheld, the average value of compensation claims paid out and the number of outstanding complaints that remained 
unresolved at the balance sheet date.

Adjusted profit before tax decreased to £6.1m from £13.8m in FY20. HCC adjusted return on assets decreased from 
29.3% in FY20 to 27.2% in FY21.

Acquisition, restructuring and non-recurring costs increased to £5.3m from £3.5m in FY20. These costs consist of a 
restructure within the HCC field team to align them to the new operating model, IT system transition costs and the 
settlement of the historic Ffrees court case which was disclosed in the FY20 accounts.

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

25

Funding costs of £2.4m were (£0.9m) lower than FY20 reflecting the lower level of borrowings throughout FY21.

The statutory profit before tax fell to £0.5m from £11.5m in FY20.

Earnings per share

The adjusted earnings per share for FY21 was 3.9p, a decrease of 53.6% relative to the adjusted earnings per share of 
8.4p for FY20. The reported earnings per share for FY21 was 0.2p, a decrease of 97.3% relative to the reported earnings 
per share of 7.3p for FY20.

Dividend

Subject to shareholder approval at the Annual General Meeting on 22 June 2021, the Board proposes to pay a final 
dividend of 2.0p per Ordinary Share (FY20: 1.0p) payable on 30 July 2021 to shareholders on the register at the close of 
business on 2 July 2021.

The payment is in addition to the interim payment dividend already paid of 1.0p per Ordinary Share on 9 April 2021, 
making a total dividend for the year of 3.0p per Ordinary Share (FY20: 3.6p). This dividend payment reflects the Board’s 
confidence in the Group’s prospects. 

Funding

During the period we extended our loan facility with the incumbent three lender consortium to December 2021, reducing 
the facility limit to £40m. In May 2021 we successfully reached agreement with a new two lender consortium, for a more 
cost efficient and slightly lower £35m facility, extended to December 2022. The new facility will continue funding our 
existing HCC products, but crucially, it will unlock funding for our Dot Dot loan products and help the business achieve its 
immediate strategic objectives.

As anticipated, the impact of Covid-19 resulted in reduced lending volumes, a smaller loan book and lower levels of 
borrowing. In FY21 borrowing peaked at £22.5m in December 2020 (December 2019: £40m of the £55m limit).

Balance sheet

The total equity for the Group is unchanged from £70.7m in FY20 to £70.7m. The Group’s main asset is our loan book, 
which due to the Covid-19 impact on lending volumes decreased on a net basis by (26.5%) to £53.5m.

Summarised balance sheet £’m

Loan book
Goodwill
Bank borrowings
Cash at bank
Other net assets

Total equity

Cash flow

FY21 

53.5 
12.9
(8.3)
8.3
4.4

70.7

FY20

72.8 
13.0
(33.8)
11.9
6.8

70.7

The simplified cash flow statement below illustrates the cash generated by the business. Cash from operating activities 
increased by 54.7% to £33.1m (FY20: £21.4m), with net borrowing decreasing by (£25.5m), as a result of the shrinking 
loan book.

Summarised cash flow £’m

Cash inflow from operating activities
Net borrowing (decrease)/increase
Net cash outflow from investing activities
Dividends paid
Other net cash flow movements

(Decrease)/Increase in cash and cash equivalents

Outlook

FY21

33.1 
(25.5)
(6.4)
(1.3)
3.5 

(3.6)

FY20

21.4 
19.5 
(22.4)
(10.2)
4.3 

4.0 

Due to much of the economy being closed for the majority of this financial year, we’re yet to see the financial benefits of 
our HCC operating model transformation. There are economic uncertainties ahead, with the UK currently in the process 
of emerging from lockdown. We remain cautious about the first half of FY22, however, strong foundations have been laid 
and we’re excited for what can be achieved in the future and confident in the growth opportunities that will be created 
by our new operating model. 

The Digital division implemented two new IT platforms in the year to strengthen the existing loans management system 
and to create a robust banking proposition. The Digital division is now primed for growth and we are now focusing on 
scaling the business and achieving run-rate profitability by the end of FY22.

Risk Management

26

Risk Management

Principal risks are a risk or a combination of risks 
that, given the Group’s current position, could 
seriously affect the performance, prospects or 
reputation of the Group in the future.

They include those risks that could 
materially threaten our business 
model, performance, solvency or 
liquidity, or prevent us from delivering 
our strategic objectives.

The Board has overall responsibility 
for ensuring that risk is managed 
appropriately across the Group.

The Board, primarily through its  
Risk & Compliance Committee, has 
established the Group’s risk appetite 
and strategy, and approved its 
frameworks, methodologies, policies, 
and roles and responsibilities.

The Group has a Head of Internal 
Audit who reports to the Interim Chair 
of the Audit Committee. The priorities 
of the Head of Internal Audit have 
been agreed by the Board’s Audit 
Committee and Risk & Compliance 
Committee, and focus on (i) high 
residual risks and (ii) those risks that 
have been significantly reduced by 
Group actions and procedures. 

The Group’s approach to risk 
management is underpinned by the 
‘Three Lines of Defence’ model which 
is summarised in the diagram below.

Responsibility for the First Line of 
Defence resides with the front-line 
business divisions and functions  
(eg Operations and Finance). Line 
managers are directly accountable 
for identifying and managing the  
risks arising in their functional or 
business areas.

The Second Line of Defence comprises 
the Group’s central and independent 
risk management and compliance 
functions with responsibility for 
oversight, compliance monitoring and 
financial crime, reporting to the 
Board’s Risk & Compliance Committee 
and the Executive Risk Committee. 
This is led by the Risk and Compliance 
Director, who reports to the Interim 
Chair of the Risk & Compliance 
Committee and to the CEO. 

The Third Line of Defence includes the 
Head of Internal Audit, who reports to 
the Interim Chair of the Audit 
Committee and is independent of the 
First and Second Lines of Defence. In 
addition, external accountants 
undertake a quarterly review on 
behalf of the Group’s external lenders.

During the year, the Group has 
reviewed its risk management 
framework in order to ensure that 
priorities are given to the most 
important risks.

The Group maintains a risk register 
covering the entire business. Risks are 
rated according to the probability of 
occurrence and potential impact.
Each risk is assigned to an 
appropriate individual and all 
mitigation and action plans are 
recorded. Risks and their status are 
reviewed regularly, and the Risk & 
Compliance Committee has 
performed a robust risk assessment 
during the year.

We have adapted our lending and 
collection processes to allow 
completely remote transactions – 
ensuring all Government guidance 
relating to Covid-19 is followed. When 
lending remotely, we have minimised 
the risk of application fraud by making 
sure all customers are properly 
identified according to Anti-Money 
Laundering Regulations and Joint 
Money Laundering Steering Group 
Guidance. For additional security, the 
remote lending procedure requires 
customers to log into their own secure 
portal account, using unique customer 
credentials, in order to execute the 
loan and receive their funds.

The report of the Risk & Compliance 
Committee on pages 64 to 66 sets 
out the procedures used by the Board 
to manage the Group’s risks.

1st

2nd

3rd

LINE OF DEFENCE

LINE OF DEFENCE

LINE OF DEFENCE

Responsible for:
•  Performance and monitoring of front-line 

control activities across the business

• 

Identifying and managing the risks 
arising in functional or business area

Responsible for:
•  The Group’s central and independent risk 
management and compliance functions 
with responsibility for oversight, 
compliance monitoring and financial 
crime

•  Support and challenge the business via 

control activities

• 

Independently review the effectiveness 
of frontline control activity

Responsible for:
• 

Independently assess and assure

• 

Internal control framework

•  Risk management effectiveness

Ownership
•  Field operations – divisional managers, 
regional managers, area managers and 
customer relationship managers

•  Central operations

•  Banking and finance

Ownership
•  Risk and Compliance Director, reporting 

Ownership
•  Head of Internal Audit, who reports to 

to: Chair of the Risk & Compliance 
Committee and the CEO

•  Horizon scanning by senior personnel

the Chair of the Audit Committee and is 
independent of the First and Second 
Lines of Defence

•  External accountants undertake a 

quarterly audit on behalf of the Group’s 
external lenders

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

27

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

R4
R8 R10 

R2 R6

R11

R1 R3
R5 R7 

R9 

h
g
H

i

T
C
A
P
M

I

w
o
L

Key

R1  
R2  
R3  
R4  
R5  

Conduct Risk
Regulatory Risk
Credit Risk
Reputational Risk
Strategic and
Business Risk

R6   Wider Industry
Contagion Risk
Operational Risk
Liquidity Risk
IT and Cyber Risk
 Agents’ self- 
employed status
Covid-19 pandemic 

R7  
R8  
R9  
R10  

R11  

Low

LIKELIHOOD

High

The principal risks faced by the business by risk category are as shown below and on pages 28 to 30.

Increase

No change

Decrease

RISK 
NUMBER

TYPE  
OF RISK

DEFINITION

RISK  
MITIGATION

RESIDUAL 
MOVEMENT 
DIRECTION

R1

Conduct 
Risk

The risk of poor outcomes for 
customers, by:

Treating Customers Fairly is a fundamental part of 
the Company’s culture.

•  Offering inappropriate 

• 

• 

• 

products.
Failing to assess 
affordability.
Failing to identify 
vulnerable customers.
Failing to show 
forbearance if customers 
struggle with their 
repayments.

The risk of legal or regulatory 
action resulting in fines, 
penalties, censure or other 
sanction or legal action arising 
from failure to identify or meet 
regulatory and legislative 
requirements. This also 
includes the risk that new 
regulation(s) or changes 
to the interpretation or 
implementation of existing 
regulation(s) may affect 
the Group’s operations and 
cost base.

Comprehensive and verifiable training and oversight 
of agents and staff, in both the HCC and Digital 
divisions, is undertaken.

First and second-line quality assurance operates 
alongside an automated, mobile technology-based 
sales & collections process.

During the year, the HCC division has implemented 
enhanced affordability procedures incorporating 
additional external data. This, together with the new 
loan optimisation system, has enhanced our 
affordability process and the customer journey for 
agents and customers at the point of sale.

The HCC division enhanced the digital loan process 
to facilitate remote lending.

The Company has fully embedded the policies and 
procedures required by the Senior Managers and 
Certification Regime.

A gap analysis is undertaken when any rules or 
regulatory guidance changes.

Governance, risk and compliance are independently 
and externally reviewed by our lawyers.

We maintain continuous communication with key 
external stakeholders and professional contacts to 
keep our information updated.

The business is continuing to review its lending 
approach in light of the FCA relending study and the 
Woolard Review that looked at change and 
innovation in the unsecured credit market.

During the year, the Digital division appointed a new 
Head of Compliance, reporting to the Group’s Risk & 
Compliance Director. 

The HCC 
sector has 
become 
under closer 
scrutiny from 
the FCA 
during the 
last 12 
months.

R2

Regulatory 
Risk

 
 
28

Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued

RISK 
NUMBER

TYPE  
OF RISK

DEFINITION

RISK  
MITIGATION

RESIDUAL 
MOVEMENT 
DIRECTION

R3

Credit Risk

R4

Reputational 
Risk

The risk of default on a debt 
may arise from a borrower 
failing to make the necessary 
payments. The primary risk lies 
with the lender and includes 
lost principal and interest, 
disruption to cash flow, and 
increased collection costs.

Group policy prescribes business oversight and control.

Weekly management information allows the Group 
to monitor the effects of lending decisions.

Regular reviews of policies and outcomes are 
undertaken by the Credit Risk Committees of the 
HCC and Digital divisions.

Covid-19 had an initial impact on repayment rates,  
but these have improved and are now back to 
pre-Covid-19 levels. 

The risk of loss due to damage 
to, or a decline in, the Group’s 
reputation, for example 
through poor customer 
outcomes resulting in a high 
level of complaints.

Effective corporate governance provides business 
oversight and control.

We undertake independent monitoring, for example 
market surveys and mystery shopping. In 2020, we 
continued surveys of all types of customer, including 
those who benefited from our policy of forbearance.

R5

Strategic 
and 
Business 
Risk

The number and nature of complaints are closely 
monitored.

We have widened customer access to online 
documentation through a customer portal and 
provided customers with a more robust and 
customer-centric experience.

A full Committee-based corporate governance 
structure operates with Board oversight.

The Board and Executive Team hold an annual 
two-day strategy planning meeting.

Detailed strategic planning and oversight are 
implemented alongside horizon scanning.

The recruitment application process for additional 
staff, prior to interview, is highly automated and 
efficient.

We are involved in lobbying through our trade 
associations.

During 2020, the Company put into place 
contingency plans to minimise the risks to the health 
and safety of our customers, employees and agents. 
All staff were able to operate from home effectively 
and the HCC business is able to lend and collect 
both remotely and through doorstep activities.

The risk arising from poor 
business decisions, 
substandard execution of 
decisions, inadequate resource 
allocation, and/or from failure 
to adapt sufficiently to changes 
in the business environment.

Examples could include:

• 

• 

• 

Acquisitions stretching 
resources beyond 
capability.
Failure to maintain the 
Company’s 
competitiveness in its 
markets.
Inadequate corporate 
governance.

R6

Wider 
Industry 
Risk

This risk can arise from 
concerted action by Claims 
Management Companies 
(CMCs) which can lead to a 
significant increase in the level of 
complaints being raised against 
the Group, whether they are 
ultimately settled or rejected.

During the year, the Group has seen a noticeable 
increase in the level of complaints received from 
CMCs. In many cases, these have been spurious or 
allegedly sent by individuals who have never been 
customers or have been sent without the customer’s 
knowledge or consent.

CMCs are now regulated by the FCA and it is hoped 
that they will act more responsibly in the future.

The Group is actively engaging with FOS and the 
FCA through the sector trade associations.

A change of approach by 
the Financial Ombudsman 
(FOS) resulting in more 
complaints being upheld 
without good reason.

The increased cost of each 
FOS claim, whether the 
complaint is upheld or not.

The Group has recognised a 
provision for the cost of fully 
settling complaints and FOS 
fees in relation to outstanding 
complaints at the balance 
sheet date.

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

Claims 
management 
companies 
are becoming 
more active in 
the financial 
services 
sector.

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

29

RISK 
NUMBER

TYPE  
OF RISK

DEFINITION

RISK  
MITIGATION

RESIDUAL 
MOVEMENT 
DIRECTION

R7

Operational 
Risk

The risk of loss arising from 
inadequate or failed 
procedures, systems or 
policies, employee errors, 
system failure, fraud, or other 
criminal activity – indeed any 
event that disrupts business 
processes.

Business continuity plan fails to 
maintain customer service.

R8

Liquidity 
Risk

The risk of the Company being 
unable to meet its current and 
future financial obligations on 
time.

The Group has a comprehensive suite of policies and 
procedures covering its operational activities that is 
subject to regular review and revision.

All agents and staff participate annually in a 
personal safety review and follow our home/remote 
working policy.

A comprehensive business continuity policy and 
procedure is in place and a third-party disaster 
recovery site is now available should it be required. 
Disaster recovery tests are performed periodically 
on critical systems.

The Group’s business interruption insurance cover 
has been maintained, following the increase in cover 
negotiated in 2019.

We responded rapidly to the outbreak of Covid-19, 
successfully adapting our operating model to enable 
all our agents to work from home and replacing 
face-to-face customer visits with a remote customer 
communication strategy. We made use of our existing 
technology platform and payment methods to 
maintain customer contact and collection activity.

We launched a new cashless remote lending product, 
which is available to all existing Morses Club HCC 
customers and is compliant with all regulatory 
requirements. All necessary checks and agreements 
are transacted via our online Customer Portal, 
leveraging our existing technology platform. 
Customers using the new remote lending product 
can choose to have funds deposited directly into their 
bank account or loaded onto a Morses Club Card, 
ensuring that existing customers can continue to 
access our products and services during this time. 
The Digital division reviewed operating practices so 
all employees have been working from home.

Assessment of credit risk was also reviewed to 
ensure that risk appetite for credit risk and TCF 
were maintained.

The Digital division has implemented a number of 
new systems during the year, including the 
implementation of a new Loan Management System. 
These have been subject to rigorous testing and 
project management.

During the period we extended our loan facility with 
the incumbent three lender consortium to December 
2021, reducing the facility limit to £40m. In May 
2021 we successfully reached agreement with a 
new two lender consortium, for a more cost efficient 
and slightly lower £35m facility, extended to 
December 2022. The new facility will continue 
funding our existing HCC products, but crucially, it 
will unlock funding for our Dot Dot loan products and 
help the business achieve its immediate strategic 
objectives.

30

Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued

RISK 
NUMBER

TYPE  
OF RISK

DEFINITION

RISK  
MITIGATION

RESIDUAL 
MOVEMENT 
DIRECTION

The risk is
seen as 
increased 
owing to the 
increase in 
the number 
of cyber 
attacks 
globally, plus 
the increase 
in the volume 
of online 
business.

The Group has an ongoing programme to conduct 
regular vulnerability assessments against our core 
infrastructure services. The Group recognises the 
increased relevance of this risk as the move to digitise 
the business continues and has plans to increase the 
frequency and scope of its testing.

We have a dedicated information security resource 
and undertake penetration testing of our external 
and internal networks which helps to identify new or 
emerging security concerns. During the year, the 
Group successfully completed its annual disaster 
recovery test, simulating a total loss of data centre 
and the successful failover of all production systems 
to the disaster recovery site. This covered both of the 
HCC and Digital divisions. 

Since the outbreak of Covid-19 we have engaged 
with suppliers to ensure increased resilience for all 
key IT services.

During the year, we have undertaken phishing 
exercises in order to educate our staff.

Most of our data is now encrypted at rest.

The Group’s cyber insurance cover has been 
increased once more in consultation with the Group’s 
insurers.

The business change team closely monitors demand 
and resource plans.

The Company carefully monitors the position with its 
advisers and conducts an ongoing review of 
business processes, systems and contracts in order 
to maintain self-employed status for its agents.

During FY21, the Group rapidly developed systems 
whereby customers can apply for loans and repay 
them remotely – by telephone or through the 
customer portal. At the time of writing, all staff are 
working from home effectively, including the 
customer call centres. The reduction in demand for 
loans is addressed by constantly monitoring the cost 
base of the business. The decision has been made  
to close both office facilities in Birstall, with the 
registered office being moved to Nottingham in  
April 2021.

For further information see the viability statement 
on page 31.

Other future business, economic, political, or newsworthy 
events are also highlighted and added to the horizon 
scanning process.

Risks identified using these processes are prioritised and 
managed following the Group’s established risk processes. 
In the vast majority of cases, the Group sees risks change 
and develop rather than emerge. However, climate change 
can be seen as an emerging risk.

R9

IT and 
Cyber Risk  

The risk of business 
interruption from cyber crime 
or system failures.

IT/Cyber risks include:

• 

• 

IT systems and networks 
can be damaged and/or 
information can be lost 
owing to third-party 
actions.
Data protection/
information security issues 
occur or there is a failure 
to meet the requirements 
of data protection 
regulation/legislation  
(eg GDPR).
Strategy and architecture 
risk arising from 
inadequate requirements 
and business analysis.
•  Outsourced supplier risk 

• 

R10

Agents’ 
self-
employed 
status

R11

Covid-19 
pandemic

arising from the use of 
external IT platforms.

•  Major change impacts 

on daily business and/or 
results in poor quality 
delivery.

The risk that employment and/
or tax legislation changes to 
such an extent that the 
Company cannot maintain 
self-employed status for its 
agents.

The risk that normal business is 
significantly affected by 
Covid-19 by restricting 
face-to-face contact with 
customers, reducing the 
number of staff working from 
offices and reducing the 
demand for loans.

Emerging risks

The Company uses proactive risk management in order to 
view current and future events and predict where 
emerging risks might appear. This horizon scanning is 
fundamental to being able to predict business needs and 
potential issues and there are numerous techniques for 
this process.

Risk identification exercises are performed as part of 
general risk management practice within the Group.

Current events are highlighted and analysed, for example, 
regulatory fines to other organisations. This is then 
reported on at executive level as a horizon scanning item 
for Risk Executive reports.

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

31

Emerging risk

Commentary

Climate change Climate change is not currently seen as a principal risk to the business, but this is kept under review.

Customers can request loans and make payments under the new customer portal. Technology has been 
introduced to allow meetings to be conducted remotely. Both of these initiatives have dramatically 
reduced the need to travel. The Company’s SECR report can be seen on page 78. This shows a very 
significant reduction in the intensity ratio, due to the reduction in travel and office costs.

As part of our procurement procedures, we undertake a due diligence review of major suppliers, which 
includes standard aspects around modern slavery, any environmental policies, as part of ensuring that 
any outsourcing arrangements are based on working with suppliers who adhere to our operating 
standards. 

The Group’s environmental policy is reviewed annually.

Brexit

As a Company operating solely in the UK, with no foreign currency exposure, EU supply chain, or key 
dependency on overseas staff, the Company has not identified any adverse direct consequences of 
Brexit, now or in the future, directly or through our supply chain. We therefore do not foresee any issues 
or changes being made to the business model or any impact on our accounting policies or critical 
judgements.

Viability Statement

The directors and the Audit Committee consider a 12 month 
horizon as part of the going concern assessment (page 60), 
but in addition the directors consider the Groups longer term 
viability as part of their continuing programme of monitoring 
risk. For the purpose of assessing the future prospects of the 
Group, the Directors have selected a 3-year timeframe. This 
timeframe has been selected as it corresponds with the 
Board’s strategic planning horizon.

The assessment has been made, at the date of signing these 
accounts, with reference to:
• 

the Group’s financial position for the year ended 
27 February 2021.
the Group’s strategy and business plan.
the Board’s risk appetite.
the Group’s principal risks and uncertainties and 
how these are identified, managed and mitigated.
the Group’s going concern assessment, and.
the external environment that the Group 
operates within.

• 
• 
• 

• 
• 

The strategy for the Group and its business model are 
detailed in the strategic report on pages 16 to 20. HCC is a 
long-established offering, and parts of the Group have been 
undertaking this business for more than 130 years. The 
Group’s Dot Dot Loans is a fully online lending provider, which 
was launched in March 2017. The product offering aims to 
serve the needs of two segments of the lending market.

The Directors review and renew the 3-year strategic plan at 
least annually. Progress against the strategic plan is 
reviewed at every meeting by the Board through 
presentations from the Executive Management Team on the 
performance of their respective business units, the 
assessment of market opportunities, and the consideration 
by the Board of its ability to fund its strategic ambitions.

In addition to standard internal governance, the Group is also 
monitored against key financial covenants tied in with current 
funding facilities. These are produced and submitted on a 
monthly basis with key schedules included in the monthly 
Board papers.

facilities well in advance of this date. Due to the short-term 
nature of its products, the Group is well placed to react 
promptly to any changes in its liquidity requirements.

Despite numerous challenges presented by Covid-19 and 
having to reconfigure its operating model, the Group has 
remained resilient and profitable. During the period the 
closed economy lowered demand for our services and 
caused our customer base and the loan book to shrink, 
however the performance of underlying debt and collections 
has been very strong.

The Group has observed a noticeable increase in the level of 
complaints received from both CMCs and customers during 
the year. The increase in complaints encountered by a small 
number of other lenders in the sector has triggered signs of 
financial stress, prompting applications to the courts for 
schemes of arrangements to ensure their businesses remain 
viable whilst their customers receive a proportion of redress. 
Whilst the Group has seen an increase in complaints 
received, the increase is proportionately smaller to other 
lenders and the Board remains confident with its business 
model and underlying operational resilience.

As part of its annual planning process, the Group assessed 
its business plans and subsequently ran a number of 
scenarios around the key areas of sensitivities namely
•  Loan volumes
•  Collections
•  Loan book quality/credit risk
•  Cash availability
•  Collect out scenario (in accordance with  

Regulatory guidance)

As discussed in the Risk Management report, the Board, 
primarily through its Risk & Compliance Committee, has 
established the Group’s risk appetite and strategy, and 
approved its frameworks, methodologies, policies, and roles 
and responsibilities. The Group maintains a risk register 
covering the entire business. Risks and their status are 
reviewed regularly, and the Risk & Compliance Committee 
has performed a robust risk assessment during the year.

The Group is profitable and cash generative. It currently has 
a revolving debt facility of £35m secured by a debenture on 
the assets of the business which expires at the end of 
December 2022. It is the Group’s policy to renew its credit 

Conclusion
Based on the above, the Board confirms that it expects the 
Group will continue to operate and meet its liabilities, as they 
fall due, over the 3-year period of assessment.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Engaging with our Stakeholders

32

Engaging with our Stakeholders

Our key stakeholder groups

Customers

The continued performance of our business would 
not be possible without understanding our 
customers’ needs.

Self-employed 
agents 

Our network of self-employed agents is our 
interface with customers in communities around 
the UK, and develops valued relationships  
with customers.

Employees

Our experienced, diverse and dedicated  
workforce is a key asset of our business.

We continue to seek to create the right environment to 
encourage and create opportunities for individuals 
and teams to realise their potential and  
career aspirations.

Suppliers

Our suppliers are essential to provide our divisions 
with the goods and services required to enable us 
to continue to meet our customers’ needs. They 
play a vital role in our operations so it is important 
that we develop strong supplier relationships  
with them.

Debt providers

Our providers of debt facilities, along with our 
retained earnings, allow us to lend money to 
customers at competitive rates.

Shareholders

Our investors provide capital without which we 
could not grow and invest for future success.

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

Regulator and 
government

The nature of our customer base and the market in 
which we specialise makes the building and 
maintaining of open and trusting dialogue with 
policy makers and our regulators, the PRA, FCA 
and CBI, critical to a sustainable business model.

Communities 
and environment

We are committed to making a positive 
contribution to the communities within which we 
operate, including through payment of taxes, 
reducing our environmental impact and creating 
employment opportunities.

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

33

To secure our long-term success, it is 
important to engage with our 
stakeholders and take account of 
their perspectives.

Listening and engaging with 
stakeholders helps us to create a 
better business and improve 
outcomes for customers, society and 
the environment. The Board also 
proactively engages with 
stakeholders including customers, 
employees, debt providers and 
investors to understand their views 
across a range of issues; see pages 
34 to 35 for more information.

In the table overleaf we set out our 
key stakeholder groups, the material 
issues that matter to them and 
how we engage with them. By 
understanding our stakeholders,  
we can factor into boardroom 
discussions the potential impact of 
our decisions on each stakeholder 
group and consider their needs 
and concerns.

The Board’s statement on s172

The Board of Directors, in line with 
their duties under s172 of the 
Companies Act 2006, act in a way 
they consider, in good faith, would  
be most likely to promote the success  
of the Company for the benefit of  
its members as a whole, and in doing  
so, have regard to a range of matters 
when making decisions for the  
long term. 

Key decisions and matters that are of 
strategic importance to the Company 
are informed by s172 considerations. 
The subjects of s172 and Directors’ 
duties are included together as a 
standing item on the agenda of every 
Board meeting.

Through an open and transparent 
dialogue with our key stakeholders, 
we are able to develop a clear 
understanding of their needs, assess 
their perspectives and monitor their 
impact on our strategic ambition and 
culture. As part of the Board’s 
decision-making process, the Board 
and its Committees consider:

a) Long-term impacts
The likely consequences of any 
decision in the long term

b) Our employees
The interests of the Morses Club 
employees

c) Our business relationships 
The need to foster relationships with 
suppliers, customers and others

d) The community and environment
The impact of our operations on the 
community and the environment

e) Our reputation
The importance of maintaining a 
reputation for high standards of 
business conduct

f) Acting fairly 
The need to act fairly as between 
members of the Company

34

Engaging with our Stakeholders continued

OUR  
STAKEHOLDERS

CUSTOMERS

WHAT STAKEHOLDERS WANT

HOW WE ENGAGE

•  Affordable and accessible credit.

•  Simple, transparent charging 

structure, with no penalties or late 
payment fees.

•  Support and forbearance during 

short-term difficulty.

•  Monthly customer satisfaction 
survey, the results of which are 
reviewed by the Board.

•  Quarterly good customer outcomes.

•  Survey across a randomised selection 
of customers to gather views on how 
well the service operates at each stage 
of the loan issue and collection service, 
as well as the service delivered by 
agents. The Company achieved an 
overall score of 97% across all nine 
regions which moved to six divisions in 
November 2020, and the same 
performance score has been 
maintained.

•  Ad hoc surveys, such as customer 
views on our online portal. Future 
surveys will include customer views  
on what they want from an online 
e-money current account.

•  Mystery shopping.

•  We are developing further approaches 
to reviewing customer satisfaction 
within Shelby Finance Limited for FY22.

SELF-EMPLOYED  
AGENTS

•  Ability to work flexibly in the  

•  Regular virtual meetings with field 

local community.

managers.

•  Support and tools to work efficiently, 

effectively and flexibly.

•  Competitive remuneration.

EMPLOYEES

•  Opportunities for personal 
development and career 
progression.

•  A culture of inclusion and diversity.

•  Remuneration and benefits.

•  Open, collaborative culture with 
regular Company updates and 
opportunities for questions and 
feedback.

•  Annual appraisal process.

•  Regular surveys during the year to 
check engagement and that the 
adaptations to working practices 
are in line with our cultural values 
and customer service needs.

•  Development of a detailed cultural 

review for FY22 so that our 
approach is tailored to the changes 
in ways of working as a result of 
Covid-19.

•  Whistle-blowing hotline, available 

to all employees.

SUPPLIERS

•  Professional and  

consistent relationship.

•  Due diligence conducted for all 

suppliers.

•  Alignment of business culture and 

•  Check quality of products and 

customer service model.

•  Reliable and adhere to  
contractual terms.

services.

•  Ensure policies and procedures in 

place.

•  Maintain regular contact through 

procurement and account 
management approaches.

•  Annual reviews of the service and 

regular feedback.

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

HOW THEY LINK  
TO OUR STRATEGY

Non-standard customer 
base central to our 
products and services 
strategy across the Group. 

Digitalisation of service and 
offering complementary 
products based on market 
demand and customer 
need.

Provide important interface 
with customers and 
maintain local community 
relationships for our target 
demographic. 

Link to local communities 
and to ensure that we offer 
best in class service 
responsibly and in line with 
our customer needs. 

Increased cross-functional 
working across the Group 
to deliver a cohesive 
customer service and 
digital strategy. 

Ensure that our service 
model responds to 
customer needs, linked to 
development of remote and 
digital complementary 
products.

A range of suppliers used 
to support our products 
and services. 

Ensure that our suppliers 
provide products and 
services in line with our 
customer needs.

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

35

OUR  
STAKEHOLDERS

DEBT PROVIDERS

REGULATOR AND 
GOVERNMENT

SHAREHOLDERS

COMMUNITIES AND 
ENVIRONMENT

WHAT STAKEHOLDERS WANT

HOW WE ENGAGE

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Financial performance.

•  Monthly covenant reporting including 

Transparency.

Proactive communication.

Credit rating.

Clear and transparent 
communication with the regulator.

Proactive approaches on any 
regulatory matters.

Clear TCF approaches in line  
with the market sector and 
customer needs.

Strong cash generation and 
attractive dividend policy.

Responsible, sustainable  
and low-risk business model  
and strategy.

loan book quality analysis.

•  Monthly submission of finance Board 
papers and additional schedules.

•  Monthly conference calls to discuss 
current performance and future 
expectations.

•  Quarterly independent review of 
lending process and loan book 
quality.

•  Regular dialogue with the regulator.

•  Proactive communication with the 

regulator regarding our approaches 
on lending and remote working due 
to Covid-19.

•  Respond proactively to feedback 

requests.

•  Member of the Smaller Business 

Practitioner Panel through the CEO.

•  Programme of contact with MPs 

through the CEO to share insights 
and ensure the business model is 
fully understood.

•  Twice-yearly virtual road shows by 
the CEO and CFO at the time of the 
interim and annual results.

•  Ad hoc queries and feedback from 
shareholders, dealt with by the 
CFO. The Chairman and the Senior 
Independent Director also make 
themselves available, and discuss 
feedback at Board meetings.

Responsible lending and collecting 
of repayments.

Helping local economies by 
promoting financial inclusion.

Fundraising for local charities.

•  Acting in a fair and responsible 
manner is a core element of our 
business. Read more on page 37.

•  The Company's SECR Report is on 

page 78.

•  Minimising environmental impact.

HOW THEY LINK  
TO OUR STRATEGY

Funding solutions to 
support the development 
of our overall business 
strategy.

Ensure that the business 
can expand and offer 
complementary products 
and services.

Delivery of regulatory 
framework which supports 
good customer outcomes.

Ensure that our products 
and services are delivered 
responsibly and ethically.

Support of our ongoing 
strategic direction for our 
targeted customer 
demographic. 

Provision of a range of 
complementary products 
and services to grow the 
business in line with 
customer demand. 

Presence in communities 
across the UK to support 
the needs of our customers.

Fulfil our strategic direction 
of growing the business, 
whilst delivering our 
commitment to deliver 
products and services 
responsibly and ethically. 

How stakeholders influenced  
Board decision-making

We define principal decisions as those 
that are material to the Group, but 
also to any of our key stakeholder 
groups. In making the principal 
decisions outlined below, the Board 
considered the outcome from its 
stakeholder engagement as well as 
the need to maintain high standards 
of business conduct and to act fairly 
between the members of the 
Company. The Board’s procedures 
have been updated to require a 
stakeholder impact analysis to be 
completed for all material decisions 
requiring its approval that could 
impact on one or more of our 
stakeholder groups. The stakeholder 
impact analysis assists the Directors 
in performing their duties under s172 
of the Companies Act 2006 and 

provides the Board with assurance 
that the potential impacts on our 
stakeholders are being carefully 
considered by management when 
developing plans for Board approval.

The principal decisions made during 
the year relate primarily to the 
Company’s conduct during the height 
of the Covid-19 pandemic. All 
administrative and support 
properties were operationally closed 
as part of our duty of care to 
employees, and following careful risk 
assessment under our Health and 
Safety obligations. Remote lending 
and collection facilities were rolled out 
rapidly in order to continue to serve 
our existing customers, prior to 
introducing systems that allowed us 
to offer loans to new customers. The 
Board was made fully aware of staff 
and customer feedback as part of the 

Company’s highly successful response 
to the challenges of the pandemic. 
The Board decided that it was not 
appropriate, nor necessary, for the 
company to put any staff on furlough, 
nor apply for any other government 
assistance. This followed careful 
review of the schemes available. 
During the year, the Board also 
continued the agreed strategy of the 
continued enhancement of our digital 
capabilities with regard to e-money 
current account services and credit 
offerings. This is in line with feedback 
from customers as part of our regular 
independent customer research.

The Board has agreed to propose a 
final dividend based on the 
profitability of the Company in FY20 
and FY21 and its continued 
confidence in the agreed business 
strategy. 

Operating Responsibly

36

Operating Responsibly

We strive to have a positive 
impact on all of our key 
stakeholders.

Lending responsibly to customers

Treating Customers Fairly is the 
foundation of our approach. As 
outlined on pages 16 to 17, our 
business model centres on 
responsible lending and collection of 
repayments. We assess every 
application for credit against 
stringent criteria, taking into account 
affordability and credit checks. A 
complete income and expenditure 
check is undertaken for every loan, 
and we only lend to customers who 
can afford the repayments. 

Last year, c. 70% of loan applications 
were not progressed. We have a clear, 
uncomplicated charging structure, 
with no penalties or fees for delays in 
repayments, and self-employed 
agents are paid in commission based 
on collections, not sales. 

Supporting our people

Culture
The Group is built on trusted 
relationships and shared values that 
underpin our commitment to 
customers:
•  Our customers will always be at 
the heart of everything we do.
•  We will be honest and transparent 
in how we deal with everyone.
•  Our systems and processes will be 

simple and clear.

•  We will show forbearance and 

flexibility.

The culture that underlies these 
commitments is founded on 
behaviours that are honest, fair, 
responsible, supportive and 
understanding.

Given recent changes to the Group 
and as part of our ongoing work to 
ensure that we nurture an 
appropriate culture for all our 
employees, customers and key 
stakeholders, we are planning to 
undertake a cultural review. This will 
assess all aspects of the business, 
where possible providing benchmarks 
and measures, which together will 
form a cultural ‘barometer’ for the 
whole organisation.

Learning and development

All employees, from the CEO to the 
most recent recruit, undertake 
regulatory training each month. In 
addition, many of our managers are 
involved in an Institute of Leadership 
and Management self-learning 
programme, which can lead to a 
degree level qualification. During FY21 
we are planning to deliver further 
tailored training to our senior 
management. This will subsequently 
be cascaded through the 
organisation.

Employee engagement

Each year, we give our colleagues the 
opportunity to provide feedback and 
suggestions on an anonymous basis 
via an annual engagement survey. 
Due to our teams working from home 
throughout this financial year, we 
carried out additional employee 
engagement surveys in order to 

understand more about their 
experiences of working from  
home during lockdown. 

When we went into lockdown, we 
engaged with every single employee 
to get a broad picture of their health 
and wellbeing, working environment 
and technology, and their views on 
coming out of lockdown, to ensure we 
knew how we could best support 
them and to help us to plan for a 
flexible future.

Our initial lockdown survey in May 
2020 showed that employees were 
positive about their wellbeing and 
working experience, with the majority 
finding their work easy or very easy to 
do at home (78%), rating the support 
from their line manager as good or 
excellent (85%) and coping well or 
very well working at home in general 
(76%). Employees were positive about 
the prospect of continuing to work 
from home, with 83% confident 
Morses Club could effectively 
implement that. 

With home working extended, we 
checked in again in October to see 
how things had changed. We found 
that satisfaction with working from 
home had increased, with large 
numbers coping well, a testament  
to our ongoing work to help  
our employees.

Happy working from home, managing working 

hours and workload

May 
2020

85.9%

October 
2020

89.1%

Agree or strongly agree that they were happy with 

84.8%

90.7%

the structure of their working day

Daily contact with other members of their team

94.1%

95.5%

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

37

Transformation  
of the Year 

HR and Communications Director Tracey Mulligan won the 
Transformation of the Year award at the Women In Credit 
Awards 2020.

The Awards champion the work of women across credit and 
financial services, highlighting the importance of gender 
diversity within the industry.

Minimising our impact on the 
environment

When changing our property strategy 
this year, we sought to balance the 
practical needs of our employees and 
business with the need to ensure that 
environmentally we make changes to 
support the UK government target of 
being carbon neutral by 2050. By 
massively reducing our estate 
footprint, we can deliver many 
improvements to our environmental 
performance, including reducing our 
emissions and waste. See our SECR 
disclosure on page 78 for more 
information on our environmental 
performance this year.

Health and safety

Employee shares

The health and safety of our 
employees and the self-employed 
agents we work with is paramount 
to the business. The majority of our 
workforce has been at home for the 
whole year, but whenever there was  
a change in government guidance 
during the pandemic, we undertook 
risk assessments and introduced 
protocols to ensure the safety of 
external agents entering 
customers’ homes.

Employee wellbeing

Employee wellbeing is important to 
us, especially during this year’s 
unprecedented circumstances. All our 
employees have access to Perkbox, a 
platform offering employees rewards 
and offers, as well as confidential 
advice and assistance. To provide 
greater flexibility to employees we 
now offer them the opportunity to 
buy (and sell) annual leave. These, as 
well as the employee share scheme 
outlined below and plans to increase 
staff training still further, are 
examples of initiatives introduced  
as a result of suggestions in the 
annual employee survey.

Employee share ownership is a key 
means of sharing the success of the 
business with colleagues. In January 
2021, employees received Morses 
Club shares following the vesting of 
their 2017 share award. The Company 
subsequently issued shares to 
employees in 2018 and 2019 under  
a replacement Share Incentive Plan, 
representing 3.25% of base annual 
salary in shares. This plan was 
recognised by ProShare, winning  
one of their awards in 2019. No new 
shares were issued during FY21 due 
to the Company failing to meet its 
FY20 profit target, but the intention  
is to repeat the award to qualifying 
employees during FY22 and 
subsequent years, subject to the 
Company’s profitability. 

Supporting our communities

In addition to the indirect contribution 
we make to communities across the 
country by providing financial 
inclusion to people who are precluded 
from borrowing from mainstream 
lenders, and work opportunities for 
self-employed agents, we also raise 
money for local charities. During the 
year, we raised c. £8,000 for local 
community initiatives.

Satisfied Stakeholders

38

Satisfied Stakeholders

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

Customers

Delivering consistently positive 
customer experiences

As we have transformed the business, 
we have been guided by ongoing 
customer feedback and our desire to 
maintain our consistently high 
satisfaction ratings.

98%

CUSTOMER  
SATISFACTION

People

Engaging our employees and 
prioritising their wellbeing

During an unprecedented year for the 
Group, we have increased our 
employee engagement in order to 
understand and solve their 
challenges.

89%

HAPPY WORKING  
FROM HOME,  
MANAGING  
WORKING HOURS  
AND WORKLOAD 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

39

98%

SATISFIED WITH MORSES 
CLUB’S FLEXIBILITY 

97%

I would recommend them to anyone, they’re really 
helpful and are there to support you if you need it.

LIKELY TO CONSIDER USING 
MORSES CLUB AGAIN IN 
THE FUTURE 

I have been with them for years and they have 
never let me down.

98%

CUSTOMER  

SATISFACTION

94%

LIKELY TO RECOMMEND 
MORSES CLUB TO FRIENDS 
AND FAMILY 

They’re always helpful and go above 
and beyond.

85%

POSITIVELY RATED  
THE SUPPORT  
FROM THEIR  
LINE MANAGER  

78%

FOUND IT EASY TO  
WORK FROM HOME 

78%

POSITIVE ABOUT 
COMMUNICATIONS  
FROM THE BUSINESS 

I feel a level of trust has been given to me which 
makes me feel empowered that I’m trusted to 
manage my time and get my work done.

From the CEO down, all higher management have 
sent regular communications showing gratitude and 
appreciation for our efforts.

The Company has made the job as easy as possible 
with the new things that have been introduced.

 
Corporate Governance

40
40

Corporate 
Governance

41 
44 
46 
54 
58 
64 
67 
74 
75 
80 

Board of Directors
Chairman’s Introduction to Governance
Corporate Governance Report
Nominations & Succession Committee
Audit Committee
Risk & Compliance Committee
Directors’ Remuneration Report
Disclosure Committee
Directors’ Report
Directors’ Responsibilities

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 
Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

Board of Directors

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

41

Board of Directors

The Board and its committees are considered  
to have an appropriate balance of skills, 
experience, independence and knowledge  
to enable them to discharge their respective  
duties and responsibilities effectively.

Paul Smith
Chief Executive 
Officer

Date of appointment 
20 January 2015

Stephen Karle
Chairman and  
Non-Executive Director

Date of appointment
20 January 2015

Graeme Campbell
Chief Financial 
Officer

Date of appointment 
1 January 2021

Background and career
Paul has experience in mobile payment 
technology as Managing Director of EZ-Pay 
Limited, a pre-paid MasterCard organisation. 
Beginning his career in the global software 
market, he later joined Phones4U in 1998, 
where he became MD and was an integral 
member of the management team until the 
firm’s sale for £1.4bn in 2006. On 1 May 2018, 
Paul was appointed a member of the FCA’s 
Smaller Business Practitioner Panel to 
represent the consumer credit sector, and on 
1 March 2021 he was appointed as a Board 
Director of the Consumer Credit Trade 
Association.

Areas of expertise
Paul has been responsible for growing the 
Company organically and by acquisition. His 
expertise in software and technology has been 
invaluable in driving efficiencies while 
maintaining excellent customer service levels.

Background and career
Stephen is a Director of Karle & McCleery 
Limited, a strategic advisory and executive 
coaching business operating across and 
beyond the financial services sector. For four 
years to 2015 he served as Chairman of BCRS 
Business Loans Limited, an SME lending 
company supporting regional business growth. 
He is a former CEO of West Bromwich Building 
Society and a (non-practising) solicitor.

Areas of expertise
Stephen’s financial services sector experience 
includes executive, general management and 
board roles. He represents Morses Club PLC on 
the Executive Committee of the Consumer 
Credit Association.

Background and career
Graeme was previously the Chief Financial 
Officer of BrightHouse (a trading name of 
Caversham Finance Limited) which provided 
rent-to-own and cash lending services to the UK 
consumer market. Graeme became the CFO of 
BrightHouse in 2018. He joined BrightHouse in 
2011 and held a number of roles including 
Director of Finance as well as Strategy and 
Digital Director, and Chief Information Officer, 
during which he spearheaded the financial, IT 
and emerging digital strategy of the business. 
Prior to this, he held senior finance roles at 
Virgin Media and Thresher Group.

Areas of expertise
Graeme brings a wealth of highly relevant 
sector and financial experience, along with 
broader digital and commercial skills, which will 
be invaluable to Morses Club as the Company 
develops.

42

Board of Directors continued

Gary Marshall
Chief Operating  
Officer 

Sir Nigel Knowles
Senior Independent 
Director

Joanne Lake
Independent Non-Executive  
Director

Date of appointment
22 July 2019 as COO.  
1 May 2021 as Executive Director

Date of appointment 
14 April 2016

Date of appointment 
14 April 2016

Background and career
Since joining the Company, Gary has been 
responsible for leading the integration and 
development of the digital business, Shelby 
Finance Limited, including the delivery of new 
platforms which can effectively meet customer 
demand as the business grows. Gary has also 
taken on overall responsibility for the Group’s IT 
and Change functions.

Prior to joining the Company, Gary was Interim 
COO of Sainsbury’s Bank, a role he held  
for almost two years, with a focus on IT, 
information security, call centres, operations 
and business change. Prior to this, he held 
various roles at Aviva plc, including Interim 
COO of Aviva Ireland and Interim Managing 
Director of Aviva Life & Pensions Ireland where 
he quickly digitised the business, turning it 
around to become the fastest growing insurer 
in Ireland.

Areas of expertise
Gary has wide-ranging financial services 
experience, having worked at senior levels in 
organisations including Egg plc, GE Capital, 
Aon Ltd, Santander Plc, Vertex, Anglo Irish 
Bank and Northern Rock. He has extensive 
expertise in both developing and delivering 
digitised product offerings, with significant 
customer-focused experience often in 
challenging regulatory and market conditions.

Background and career
Sir Nigel is a solicitor and CEO of global legal 
business DWF Group PLC. 

Sir Nigel is the former Global Co-Chairman and 
Senior Partner of DLA Piper, having served as 
Global Co-CEO and Managing Partner for 
nearly 20 years. He is credited with DLA Piper’s 
remarkable growth, leading the firm through  
a series of mergers and taking the firm from  
its regional origins to the global firm that it  
is today. 

He received a knighthood in 2009 in 
recognition of his services to the legal industry.

Legal Business awarded Sir Nigel a ‘Lifetime 
Achievement Award’ in 2015 and he was given 
the Financial News’ ‘Editor’s Choice’ award for 
lifetime achievement in 2016. Sir Nigel is special 
advisor on international trade and investment 
to the City of Sheffield’s Mayor, Dan Jarvis, and 
served as the High Sheriff of Greater London 
from 2016 to 2017. Until recently Sir Nigel was 
on the Council of The Prince’s Trust.

Areas of expertise
Sir Nigel has immense experience of building 
and leading a worldwide regulated services 
business.

Background and career
Joanne is a Chartered Accountant and a 
Fellow of the Chartered Institute for Securities 
& Investment, and of the ICAEW, and is a 
member of the ICAEW’s Corporate Finance 
Faculty. With over 30 years’ experience in 
accountancy and investment banking, Joanne 
has worked at Panmure Gordon, Evolution 
Securities, Williams de Broe and Price 
Waterhouse. She is Chairman of wealth 
management and employee benefits 
specialists Mattioli Woods PLC, Deputy 
Chairman of main market listed Henry Boot 
PLC, and a Non-Executive Director of Gateley 
(Holdings) PLC and Honeycomb Investment 
Trust PLC.

Areas of expertise
Joanne’s financial services experience  
includes board level roles focusing on  
strategy and governance, as well as lead 
advisory corporate finance roles on listings, 
other public market transactions and 
continuing obligations. 

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

43

Peter Ward
Non-Executive 
Director

Date of Appointment 
1 March 2015

Background and career
Peter is the Co-Founder of RCapital 
Partners LLP and retired as an  
active Partner in 2016. In 2001 he 
co-founded his own corporate 
advisory business, Three V Corporate 
Venturing LLP, to provide fundraising 
and interim management services.  
He had previously held senior 
management positions within the UK 
commercial and banking division of  
Royal Bank of Scotland Group for  
23 years.

Areas of expertise
Peter has extensive experience of 
working with management teams 
across a broad range of 
business sectors.

Sheryl Lawrence
Independent Non-Executive 
Director

Michael Yeates
Independent Non-Executive 
Director

Andy Thomson
Non-Executive 
Director

Date of appointment
1 May 2021

Date of appointment
1 May 2021

Background and career
Sheryl is a Chartered Accountant 
(FCA), and holds an LLM from the 
Institute of Advanced Legal Studies 
and an MBA from London Business 
School. She has held senior executive 
roles at Barclays, Lloyds Bank, 
Santander, Coventry Building Society, 
Nationwide Building Society and 
Provident Financial Group. Sheryl 
began her banking career at NatWest 
Bank in 1996, after 11 years of 
multi-sector experience with Coopers 
& Lybrand (now PwC).

Sheryl has been an Independent 
Non-Executive Director of RCI Bank 
UK since January 2019, where she is 
Chair of the Board Audit Committee 
and Chair of the Nomination and 
Remuneration Committee.

Areas of expertise
Sheryl has extensive experience  
of designing, integrating, and 
embedding governance, risk and 
compliance into the culture, 
commercial strategies and operations 
at banks, building societies and 
consumer lending firms. 

Background and career
Michael is a career banker and has 
over 40 years’ experience in the 
financial services industry, serving in 
the building society, retail bank and 
investment bank sectors. He has 
extensive executive, board and  
NED experience.

Throughout his career he has been 
heavily involved in business 
transformation as both an employed 
executive and then as an independent 
board consultant advising 40 or so 
boards. He has international and 
cross-industry experience and has 
been involved in policy development for 
HM Government. Earlier, Michael spent 
17 years at Cheltenham & Gloucester 
Plc, culminating in the position of 
General Manager, helping to grow C&G 
from the 16th largest building society 
into a Global 100 bank and the UK’s 
third largest lender.

Areas of expertise
Michael brings extensive experience  
of the retail banking sector. He is a 
change leader with a career track 
record of leading significant business 
transformations who has consistently 
driven double-digit revenue growth 
and profitability. One of his personal 
objectives is to make financial services 
accessible to a wider, less well served, 
sector of society.

Date of appointment 
1 March 2009 (Non-Exec Finance 
Director), 1 March 2016 (CFO) 
Interim CFO from 17 March 2020 to 
31 December 2020. Non-Executive 
Director from 1 January 2021

Background and career
After graduating from Warwick 
University (accounting and financial 
analysis) and qualifying as a 
Chartered Management Accountant 
at Cadbury Schweppes and Tesco, 
Andy held a variety of senior finance 
roles in SMEs where he has been the 
most senior finance professional 
continuously since 1996. Involved in 
the RCapital acquisition of Morses 
Club in March 2009, he remained on 
the Board as a Non-Executive 
Director with responsibility for 
financial management. Andy led the 
finance function during the acquisition 
and integration of Shopacheck 
Financial Services in 2014/15, before 
his appointment as full-time CFO  
in 2016. 

On 1 July 2019, Andy retired from his 
role as CFO and remained on the 
Board as a Non-Executive Director. 
On 17 March 2020, Andy took on the 
position as Interim CFO before 
returning to the role of Non-Executive 
Director on 1 January 2021.

Areas of expertise
Andy’s analytical skills, expert 
knowledge of the sector and 
independent-mindedness are key to 
providing continuity and protecting 
shareholder interests.

Chairman’s Introduction to Governance

44

Chairman’s Introduction to Governance

Dear Shareholder,
I am pleased to present our 
2021 Corporate Governance 
Report for the Group which 
includes reports from the  
Audit, Risk & Compliance, 
Remuneration & Corporate 
Social Responsibility, 
Nominations & Succession  
and Disclosure Committees  
on pages 46 to 74.

Stephen Karle
Chairman

The Board has always been 
committed to applying the highest 
standards of corporate governance 
and has adopted the main principles 
of the 2018 UK Corporate 
Governance Code (the Code), 
although as an AIM-listed Company, 
we are not required to comply. At 
27 February 2021, the only 
exceptions were (i) the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report which has been 
prepared in accordance with AIM 
Rule 19 and (ii) Provision 11 of the 
2018 Code which relates to the 
proportion of Non-Executive 
Directors whom the Board considers 
to be independent. However, the 
Board is satisfied that the 
arrangement regarding the 
proportion of non-independent 
Non-Executive Directors is correct for 
the business at this time and will keep 
the matter under review.

The Directors believe that this general 
approach is a firm foundation for 
good governance and clarifies not 
only the appropriate allocation of 
duties, authority, and responsibilities 
but also the way the Group meets its 
legal and regulatory obligations. I 
have also included a statement on 
pages 10 to 11 of the Strategic Report.

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

45
11

Board of Directors

Much work was done five years ago to first establish  
a Board equipped with the experience and expertise  
to drive forward the Group’s future direction, strategy,  
and culture prior to the Company’s admission to AIM.  
During this financial year, Board membership has evolved 
considerably. I welcome the appointments of Sheryl 
Lawrence and Michael Yeates as Independent  
Non-Executive Directors, replacing Baroness Simone Finn 
and Les Easson as Independent and non-independent 
Non-Executive Directors respectively. The Company has 
also recruited Graeme Campbell as CFO, allowing Andy 
Thomson to return to his previous role as Non-Executive 
Director, and appointed Gary Marshall, the Company’s COO 
since July 2019, as Executive Director. The Board currently 
comprises six Non-Executive Directors and three Executive 
Directors, whose biographies are presented on pages 41  
to 43. All Directors submit themselves for re-election or 
election at each Annual General Meeting in accordance with 
the provisions of the Code. 

As Chairman, I carried out a formal Board evaluation 
process between January and March 2021. The 
performance of the other Non-Executive Directors was 
assessed against the quality of the discharge of their 
supervisory and stewardship roles. Their personal 
contributions at Board, in Committee and more widely, 
were considered, and the collective performance of the 
entire Board was reviewed, and any personal development 
areas identified. In addition, the progress of each individual 
against their 2021 objectives was reviewed, and objectives 
for 2022 were set and agreed.

My conclusion was that the Group has a Board that is 
engaged, has a wide variety of relevant experience, and  
is focused on outcomes – for customers, investors, 
employees, self-employed agents, and other stakeholders.
The Board operates on a unitary basis, and we value the 
views of the Executive Management team whose 
members attend some Board meetings to 
provide specialist knowledge and experience.

I look forward to another year where the 
Group continues to develop, with a strong 
and experienced Board at its heart.

Stephen Karle
Chairman
13 May 2021

w

w

Corporate Governance Report

46

Corporate Governance Report

At the heart of the Code are five main principles that 
emphasise the value of good corporate governance to 
long-term sustainable success. By applying the principles, 
following the more detailed provisions, and using the 
associated guidance, a company can demonstrate through 
its reporting how the governance of the company 
contributes to its long-term sustainable success and 
achieves wider objectives.

The five main principles of the Code are as follows:

A.  A successful company is led by an effective and 

entrepreneurial board, whose role is to promote the 
long-term sustainable success of the company, 
generating value for shareholders and contributing to 
wider society.

B.  The board should establish the company’s purpose, 

values, and strategy, and satisfy itself that these and 
its culture are aligned. All directors must act with 
integrity, lead by example, and promote the desired 
culture.

C.  The board should ensure that the necessary 

resources are in place for the company to meet its 
objectives and measure performance against them. 
The board should also establish a framework of 
prudent and effective controls, which enable risk to be 
assessed and managed.
In order for the company to meet its responsibilities to 
shareholders and stakeholders, the board should 
ensure effective engagement with, and encourage 
participation from, these parties.

D. 

E.  The board should ensure that workforce policies and 

practices are consistent with the company’s values 
and support its long-term sustainable success. The 
workforce should be able to raise any matters of 
concern.

Application of the UK Corporate Governance Code

The 2018 Corporate Governance Code can be found in the 
Corporate Governance Code section of the FRC website, 
www.frc.org.uk.

From the date of the Initial Public Offering in May 2016, 
the Directors have generally adopted the principles and 
provisions of the Code, although, being AIM listed, the 
Group is not obliged to comply with this.

Except as stated in this paragraph, throughout the year 
ended 27 February 2021, the Company has complied with 
the provisions set out in the Code. The two exceptions are 
(i) the Directors’ Remuneration Report, where the 
Company does not comply with Provisions 36, 40 or 41 as 
a result of it having been prepared in accordance with AIM 
Rule 19, and (ii) the Provision 11 of the 2018 Code that 
relates to the proportion of Non-Executive Directors whom 
the Board considers to be independent. In May 2021, 
subject to regulatory approval, the Company appointed 
two new Independent Non-Executive Directors, bringing 
the total to four. Although not compliant with the Code, the 
Board believes that this is an appropriate arrangement for 
the time being for a company of the size of Morses Club. 
This will be kept under review.

As required by AIM Rule 26, details of the Company’s 
adherence to the Code is shown on its website. The 
Directors have been fully briefed about the requirements 
of the Code, and the Company Secretary continually 
monitors the Company’s adherence to it.

Principle A – Effective Board 

Role of the Board
The Company is headed by an effective Board that is 
collectively responsible for the long-term success of the 
Company.

The Board’s role is to provide entrepreneurial leadership of 
the Group within a framework of prudent and effective 
controls that enables risk to be assessed and managed.

The Board sets the Group’s strategic aims, ensuring that 
the necessary financial and human resources are in place 
for the Group to meet its objectives, and reviews 
management performance.

The Board has established a sub-committee structure 
comprising Audit, Risk & Compliance, Remuneration & 
Corporate Social Responsibility, Nominations & Succession, 
and Disclosure Committees, and has appointed a Senior 
Independent Director, Sir Nigel Knowles.

Opportunities and risks to the future success of the 
business are considered and addressed at each Board 
meeting, with the CEO highlighting the challenges and 
successes in each report to the Board. In the past, when 
specific risks are highlighted, for example relating to a 
potential acquisition, the Risk & Compliance Committee 
has held special meeting(s) to consider the matter before 
the Board has made a final decision. During 2020, the 
challenges posed by the Covid-19 pandemic were 
addressed by the Board as a whole.

In Q1 2021, the Board’s Risk & Compliance Committee 
reviewed and reassessed the Group’s risk appetite 
statements and target residual ratings for each of the 
principal risks, all of which are included within the risk 
management system. Details of the Company’s principal 
risks are included on pages 27 to 30.

The Executive Management Committee, comprising all of 
the Executive Managers and the Executive Directors, 
reports to the Board.

Division of responsibilities
There is a clear division of responsibilities at the head of 
the Company between the running of the Board and the 
responsibility of the Executives for the running of the 
Company’s business. In this way, no individual has 
unfettered powers of decision.

The Board has a formal schedule of matters reserved to it 
and is usually scheduled to hold eight formal meetings 
each year, including one that concentrates solely on 
strategy. In addition, two calls are convened each year in 
order to agree the final and interim results and dividend. 
Further teleconferences are arranged, when required. 
During FY21, the Board held six scheduled meetings, but 
supplemented these with 12 additional Board calls, many 

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

47

relating to the Company’s response to the Covid-19 
pandemic and the restructuring of the business that 
resulted from this. Some members of the Executive Team 
have been invited to the formal meetings as attendees. 
The Board is responsible for overall Group strategy, 
acquisition and divestment policy, approval of major 
capital expenditure projects and consideration of 
significant financing matters.

It monitors the exposure to key business risks and reviews 
the strategic direction of the business. This includes its 
code of conduct, annual budgets, progress towards 
achievement of those budgets and capital expenditure 
programmes.

The Board meeting agenda normally comprises a review 
of management financial statements and operational 
performance, a CEO review of activity, reports from the 
Executive Team, a review of potential acquisitions and 
other growth opportunities, a review of relevant Board 
sub-committee minutes and reports, together with an 
update on the progress of the Company’s other strategic 
objectives.

The Chairman
The Chairman is mainly responsible for the leadership of 
the Board and ensuring its effectiveness concerning all 
aspects of its role. His duties include ensuring that all 
Directors receive sufficient relevant information on 
financial, business, and corporate issues prior to meetings. 
The Chairman regularly reviews the contents of the 
information pack sent out prior to Board meetings in order 

to ensure that important issues are prioritised and each 
pack is kept to a manageable size. The Chairman 
encourages and promotes critical discussion and 
appropriate challenge. He ensures that Board decisions 
are taken on a sound and well-informed basis.

Chief Executive Officer
The CEO provides leadership and direction for the Group. 
He chairs the Executive Committee and is Chairman of the 
management team of the Shelby Finance Limited 
subsidiary. The CEO makes decisions on matters affecting 
the operation, performance, and strategy of the Group’s 
business. He develops and recommends strategy and 
long-term objectives of the Group for approval by the 
Board and is responsible for the day-to-day management 
of the Group. As Chairman of the Risk Executive 
Committee, the CEO is also responsible for ensuring that 
there are appropriate risk management and internal 
controls in place.

Non-Executive Directors
As part of their role as members of a unitary Board, 
Non-Executive Directors are active at providing 
constructive challenge and helping develop proposals on 
strategy. They have also used their experience from other 
organisations, including public companies, to provide 
advice to many areas of the business.

Sir Nigel Knowles has been appointed the Senior 
Independent Director to provide a sounding board for the 
Chairman and serve as an intermediary for the other 
Directors and shareholders.

Board structure

The Board has established a sub-
committee structure comprising Risk & 
Compliance, Audit, Nominations & 
Succession, Remuneration & Corporate 
Social Responsibility and Disclosure 
Committees.

The Executive Management 
Committee, comprising all of the 
Executive Managers and the Executive 
Directors, reports to the full Board.

Board
Board

Risk & 
Compliance 
Committee

Audit 
Committee

Nominations 
& Succession 
Committee

Disclosure 
Committee

Remuneration  
& Corporate 
Social 
Responsibility 
Committee

Credit 
Committee

Executive 
Management 
Committee 

Risk 
Executive 
Committee

Health  
& Safety 
Committee

 Board and Board Committees

 Management Committees

48

Corporate Governance Report continued

Principle B – Values and culture 

Pages 18 and 19 of the Strategic Report deal with the 
subject of purpose, strategy, and culture.

The Board has been active in promoting the development 
of purpose, strategy, and culture within the business.

The Group’s mission is to provide tailored digital and 
face-to-face financial services for under served 
communities across the UK. During Q1 2021, the Group 
commissioned an independent innovation and 
transformation consultancy to assist it to develop its digital 
offering, whilst complementing its HCC origins. This work 
will culminate in an updated purpose statement during 
summer 2021.

The Company has an excellent, customer-centric culture:
•  The customer satisfaction surveys undertaken by 

independent market research during the year showed:
•  Overall customer satisfaction with Morses Club – 

98%.

•  Likelihood of the customer recommending Morses 

Club – 94%.

•  The Company’s complaints handling process has been 

independently certified to the ISO 10002:2014 
standard.

Further details about customer satisfaction are shown on 
page 2 of the Strategic Report.

Across the organisation, the four words which were 
strongly used to encapsulate the Company culture were:
•  Customer (and customer focus) – as shown by the 

customer satisfaction rates.

•  Friendly – all staff strive to be friendly in their 
approach, both to customers and colleagues.

•  Fair – Treating Customers Fairly forms the basis of how 

the Company operates.

•  Driven – colleagues are determined to achieve success 

for both themselves and the Company.

As part of its comprehensive response to the Covid-19 
pandemic, the Company undertook surveys of all of its 
staff in both May and October 2020, in order to ensure 
that they were able to work effectively and safely at home. 
After the initial survey in May, the Company supplied 
additional equipment to employees based on their 
responses. In October, the survey was designed to assess:
•  Each employee’s wellbeing
•  Their work-life balance
•  Contact with their colleagues and teams
•  Their work area and equipment they use
•  The technology and IT equipment they use

89% of staff confirmed that they were happy working from 
home, managing working hours and workload, and 92% 
agreed or strongly agreed that overall, they were coping 
well with working from home.

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

In July 2020, the Board agreed the creation of a Cultural 
Barometer in order to regularly measure key indicators of 
the Group’s culture. This showed: 
•  Employee-related measures, including employee 
engagement, conduct, compliance with the SMCR 
regime, diversity, and reward

•  Agent-related measures, including engagement and 

turnover of individuals; 

•  Customer-related measures, including customer 

satisfaction and Good Customer Outcome surveys;
•  Vision and values – these are reviewed during the 

Board’s annual strategy meeting 

The Board approves the annual schedule for regulatory, 
health & safety and HR training modules that every 
individual is required to undertake on a monthly basis  
and pass an examination at the end of it. Incentives have 
been made available to encourage employees to take 
part in the required training during the first seven days 
in each month.

Principle C – Effectiveness 

Composition of the Board
As at 27 February 2021, the Board comprised six  
Non-Executive Directors and two Executive Directors, 
whose biographies are included on pages 41 to 43. This 
follows the resignation of Baroness Simone Finn as an 
Independent Non-Executive Director on 12 February 2021 
with immediate effect to take up a new position within 
Government as Deputy Chief of Staff to the Prime Minister.

The Board considers two of the Non-Executive Directors 
(Joanne Lake and Sir Nigel Knowles) to be independent in 
character and judgement because while they may own 
shares in the Company, they all have significant other 
business interests and activities. In February 2021, the 
Nominations & Succession Committee engaged in 
recruitment activity leading to the recent appointment of 
two new independent Non-Executive Directors, Sheryl 
Lawrence and Michael Yeates.

The Chairman was originally considered to be independent 
upon his appointment as Chairman in 2015. The Board as 
a whole considers the Non-Executive Directors’ existing 
shareholdings in the Company to be advantageous to 
shareholders, since in addition to meeting their fiduciary 
duties, their interests are aligned with shareholders in 
general. Non-Executive Directors are not entitled to  
share options as part of their package and there are  
no cross-directorships between Executive and Non-
Executive Directors.

Peter Ward has been appointed by the Group’s major 
shareholder, Hay Wain Group Limited, and so is not 
considered to be independent. Andy Thomson and Les 
Easson were previously part of the Company’s Executive 
Team and are also not considered to be independent.

Changes to the Board
Andrew Hayward left the Company as CFO on  
16 March 2020, and on 17 March Andy Thomson,  
then a Non-Executive Director, took on the position 
of Interim CFO. On 1 January 2021, Andy returned  
to his role as Non-Executive Director, as a result of the 
appointment of Graeme Campbell as CFO with effect from 
the same date.

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

49

As mentioned above, on 12 February 2021, Baroness 
Simone Finn resigned as an Independent Non-Executive 
Officer.

On 17 March 2021, Les Easson resigned as Non-Executive 
Director. 

On 1 May 2021, the Company appointed Sheryl Lawrence 
and Michael Yeates as Independent Non-Executive 
Directors, and its COO, Gary Marshall, as an Executive 
Director.

Following these changes, there are four Non-Executive 
Directors who have served for four to six years, two who 
have served for less than one year, and one who has been 
on the Board both as an Executive and a Non-Executive 
Director for a total of 12 years.

Further information about the appointment process and 
succession planning is contained in the report of the 
Nominations & Succession Committee on pages 54 to 57.

Commitment
The Group appreciates the benefits that are brought by a 
Board with a range of business backgrounds. The Board is 
satisfied that each Non-Executive Director has sufficient 
capacity to discharge their responsibilities effectively. This 
is demonstrated by the 100% attendance at Board 
meetings during the year, and also 100% attendance 
during the previous year. Their record of attendance at 
meetings is shown on page 52, and they have also 
demonstrated their commitment by the work and advice 
provided throughout the year.

Following guidance contained in the 2018 Code, members 
of the Board are now required to give prior approval to the 
Directors for any new appointments.

Diversity
The Board and its Committees are considered to have an 
appropriate balance of skills, experience, independence, 
and knowledge to enable them to discharge their 
respective duties and responsibilities effectively. The 
Directors have a wide range of backgrounds and extensive 
knowledge of a variety of areas of expertise.

The Company does not have a formal diversity policy at 
present but is committed to promoting equal opportunities 
in employment. Following the appointment of Sheryl 
Lawrence on 1 May 2021, there were two women on the 
Board once more, after the resignation of Baroness 
Simone Finn.

Development
The Board also ensures that Directors receive relevant 
training upon appointment and then subsequently as 
appropriate.

During the last 15 months, Directors have received 
briefings from the Company’s Nomad, Peel Hunt; a 
detailed review of its HCC division from the Operations 
Director; a detailed review of the Digital division from the 
Chief Operating Officer; a demonstration of the customer 
portal from the Group Marketing Manager; and a detailed 
review of the customer service function, especially in the 
light of the operational changes required by Covid-19. 

Information and support
The Board considers that it is supplied in a timely manner 
with information in a form and of a quality appropriate to 
enable it to discharge its duties.

Our Non-Executive Directors receive full updates on 
Company progress and relevant issues and bring their 
experience and sound judgement to bear on matters 
arising.

Board packs are provided to Directors in a timely fashion. 
Where a decision is required, this is clearly flagged. All 
Directors are encouraged to make a contribution. On the 
rare occasion that a Director has a potential conflict of 
interest, they remind the meeting that this is the case and 
absent themselves in the event of a vote being taken.

The Company Secretary is available to provide advice and 
services to all Board members and is responsible for 
ensuring Board procedures are followed. All Directors are 
also able to take independent advice to enable them to 
fulfil their duties if necessary.

Board evaluation
Our CEO has been regularly appraised by the Chairman. 
One discussion centred on the circumstances, and the 
lessons learned, following the profit warning in March 
2020. During the year, the Chairman has undertaken a 
formal internal Board evaluation, looking especially at 
Board chemistry, and undertaken individual Director 
appraisals and consultations in line with Senior Manager & 
Certification Regime (SM&CR) requirements. Nigel 
Knowles, the Senior Independent Director, has appraised 
the Chairman after consultation with the other Directors.

This evaluation concluded that the whole Board is 
consistently engaged, bringing a wide range of 
perspectives and experiences to discussions. The  
Non-Executive Directors are able to reflect on insights 
gained from their other activities and bring valuable 
input to meetings.

Following the evaluation, it was agreed to provide 
additional training for the Directors about matters specific 
to the business. Details of the training provided are shown 
in the Development section above. 

Following the Board evaluation, the Nominations & 
Succession Committee agreed that the roles of Chair of 
the Audit Committee and Chair of the Risk & Compliance 
Committee should be separated and the Board acted 
upon this in its appointments of two new Independent 
Non-Executive Directors in May.

The Nominations & Succession Committee also agreed 
that having a diverse Board was important and built this 
aspiration into the specification for the executive 
recruitment firm in its search for the two new Independent 
Non-Executive Directors. As a result, there was a diverse 
range of candidates. 

The Chairman has set clear, written objectives for the two 
new Independent Non-Executive Directors. 

50

Corporate Governance Report continued

Re-election of Directors
Following the recommendation of the July 2018 edition  
of the Code, at the Company’s AGM in September 2020, 
all of the continuing Directors submitted themselves  
for re-election, and will continue to do so at each 
subsequent AGM.

Through the Risk & Compliance Committee, the Board 
reviews the risk management framework and the key risks 
facing the business. The Finance Department is 
responsible for preparing the Group financial statements 
and ensuring that accounting policies are in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting Standards.

All financial information published by the Group is subject 
to the approval of the Audit Committee.

The Board, with advice from both of the Audit and the Risk 
& Compliance Committees, is satisfied that a system of 
internal controls and risk management is in place that 
enables the Company to identify, manage and evaluate 
risks, including emerging risks. The report of the Audit 
Committee on pages 58 to 63 demonstrates how the 
Board has established formal and transparent 
arrangements for considering how it should apply the 
corporate reporting and risk management and internal 
control principles, and for maintaining an appropriate 
relationship with the Company’s auditor. The Audit 
Committee is also responsible for the Company’s Internal 
Audit function.

These processes have been in place for the year under 
review and up to the date of approval of the report and 
financial statements. They are regularly reviewed by the 
Board and accord with the guidance in the 2018 Code.

The Board intends to keep its risk control procedures under 
constant review, particularly as regards the need to 
embed internal control and risk management procedures 
further into the operations of the business and to deal with 
areas of improvement that come to the attention of 
management and the Board.

Audit Committee and its auditors

The Board is required to establish formal and transparent 
arrangements for considering how they should apply the 
corporate reporting, risk management and internal control 
principles, and for maintaining an appropriate relationship 
with the Company’s auditor. The Audit Committee is also 
responsible for looking after the Group’s Internal Audit 
function.

Principle D – Stakeholder engagement

The s172 statement in the Strategic Report on page 33 
provides a summary of the Group’s engagement with its 
various stakeholders.

In this part of the Annual Report, we believe it is important 
to demonstrate still further the excellent engagement the 
Company has with its shareholders.

Accountability

Financial and business reporting
The Board believes that it is presenting a fair, balanced, 
and understandable assessment of the Company’s 
position and prospects.

Reviews of the performance and financial position of the 
Group are included in the Strategic Report within pages 1 
to 39 and present a balanced and understandable 
assessment of the Group’s position and prospects. The 
Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the financial 
statements are described on page 80 and those of the 
auditor on page 90.

Risk management and internal control
The Board acknowledges that it is responsible for 
determining the nature and extent of the significant risks it 
is willing to take in achieving its strategic objectives. The 
Group maintains sound risk management and internal 
control systems, and these are described in the Risk 
Management section on pages 26 to 31. Such systems are 
designed to manage rather than eliminate the risk of 
failure to achieve the Group’s overall business objectives 
and can only provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance 
against material misstatement or loss.

The Group’s internal control systems, including financial, 
operational and compliance controls, are reviewed 
regularly with the aim of continuous improvement. Whilst 
the Board acknowledges its overall responsibility for 
internal control, it believes strongly that senior 
management within the Group’s operating businesses 
should also contribute in a substantial way and this has 
been built into the process.

The Board discharges its duties in this area through:
• 

the review of financial performance including budgets, 
key performance indicators, and forecasts on a 
monthly basis;
the receipt of regular reports that provide an 
assessment of key risks and controls and how 
effectively they are working;
scheduling annual Board reviews of strategy including 
reviews of the material risks and uncertainties facing 
the business;
the receipt of reports from senior management on 
the risk and control culture within the Group;
the presence of a clear organisational structure with 
defined hierarchy and clear delegation of authority; and

• 

• 

• 

• 

•  ensuring that there are documented policies and 

procedures in place.

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

51

Dialogue with shareholders

Principle E – Workforce engagement

The Board is responsible for ensuring that there is a 
dialogue with shareholders based on the mutual 
understanding of objectives. The Board as a whole has 
responsibility for ensuring that a satisfactory dialogue with 
shareholders takes place.

The Strategic Report on pages 18 and 19 provides a 
summary of the Company’s work on developing its 
purpose and values, and ensuring that workforce policies 
and procedures are consistent with these.

The Group communicates with institutional and private 
investors and responds promptly to all queries received 
verbally or in writing. All shareholders have at least 20 
working days’ notice of the AGM at which all Directors, 
including Committee Chairs, are usually present and 
available to answer questions. In 2020, the AGM was held 
virtually, with shareholders encouraged to ask questions 
prior to the meeting. The Board is aware of the importance 
of maintaining close relations with investors and analysts. 
Twice-yearly roadshows are usually conducted by the CEO 
and CFO when the performance and future strategy of the 
Group are discussed with larger shareholders. During 
FY21, updates were provided in a virtual environment to 
analysts and shareholders. 

These meetings usually cover any matters arising from the 
analyst presentations, the market in which the Group is 
operating, its dealings with the Regulator, together with 
the Group’s financial performance and future strategy. 
Queries from shareholders are dealt with by the CFO. In 
addition, members of the Board receive regular feedback 
from major shareholders and discuss this at Board 
meetings. The Chairman and the Senior Independent 
Director are also named and make themselves available, 
should an investor wish to express any views to them.

In January 2020, the Board appointed Les Easson, 
formerly the Company’s Operations Director, as the 
Designated Director for employee engagement. This role 
has been developed during 2020, in association with the 
Company’s continuing work on culture and values. In view 
of the dramatic changes to the Group’s operations, and 
especially working from home, the Designated Director 
took a close interest in the revised arrangements, and the 
Company’s efforts to ensure the health and well being of 
its employees.

Information about the Company is provided through a 
number of methods, including regular business updates on 
the Company’s intranet, videos made available to all 
employees, and presentations by the CEO.

As also noted in the Directors’ Report, the Company has a 
very robust whistle-blowing policy and procedures. The 
Company has consistently highlighted to its staff the FCA’s 
whistle-blowing hotline as well as providing both an 
internal contact telephone number and email address, 
together with the contact details of one of our Independent 
Non-Executive Directors.

52

Corporate Governance Report continued

Board Committees and Directors’ attendance at meetings 

Board Committees
The terms of reference of all of the Board Committees are available on the Group’s website at www.morsesclubplc.com.

Copies of the service contracts and letters of agreement of each of the Directors are available at the Group’s registered 
office during business hours and are available for inspection at each AGM at which shareholders can be present for at 
least 15 minutes prior to and until the conclusion of the AGM.

During the year, the Board has continued its policy that all Non-Executive Directors are invited to attend meetings of the 
Audit, Risk & Compliance, Nominations & Succession and Disclosure Committees in order to maintain a full appreciation 
and understanding of the Company.

Details of attendance at Scheduled Board and Committee meetings during the year are shown below:

Meetings

Stephen Karle

Non-Executive Chairman

Paul Smith

Chief Executive Officer

Graeme Campbell Chief Financial Officer 

from 1/1/2021

Sir Nigel Knowles Senior Independent 

Director

Joanne Lake

Non-Executive Director

Peter Ward

Non-Executive Director

Andy Thomson

Non-Executive Director/

Interim CFO

Simone Finn

Non-Executive Director to 

12/2/2021 

Les Easson

Non-Executive Director

Board

6

6

6

1/1

6

6

6

6

6

6

Andrew Hayward Chief Financial Officer to 

0/0

16/3/2020

 Committees

Risk & 
Compliance 
Committee

Audit 
Committee

Remuneration 
& Corporate 
Social 
Responsibility 
Committee

Nominations 
& Succession 
Committee

Disclosure 
Committee

4

–

–

–

4

4

–

–

6

–

–

–

5

6

–

–

3/3

5/5

–

–

–

–

4

4

–

–

4

4

–

–

–

–

–

3

3

–

–

3

3

3

–

3

–

–

1

1

1

0/0

1

1

0

1

1

1

0/0

The Board held several additional ad hoc meetings during the year, primarily relating to the Company’s response to the 
Covid-19 pandemic and the restructuring that resulted from this.

On 17 March 2020, Andy Thomson was appointed to the position of Interim CFO, following the departure of  
Andrew Hayward on 16 March 2020. Following the appointment of Graeme Campbell as Chief Financial Officer on 
1 January 2021, Andy reverted to his earlier role as Non-Executive Director.

Simone Finn resigned as an Independent Non-Executive Director on 12 February 2021.

Les Easson resigned as a Non-Executive Director on 17 March 2021.

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

53

Membership of Committees
Membership of the Committees during the year is shown below:

C = Chair 

M = Member 

UA = Upon appointment

Position

Stephen Karle

Non-Executive Chairman

Paul Smith

Chief Executive Officer

Graeme Campbell Chief Financial Officer 

(from 1/1/2021)

Sir Nigel Knowles Senior Independent 

Director

Joanne Lake

Independent  

Non-Executive Director

Peter Ward

Non-Executive Director

Baroness Simone 

Independent  

Finn

Andy Thomson

Non-Executive Director  
(to 12/2/2021)

Non-Executive Director 
to 16/3/2020; Interim 
CFO 17/3/2020 – 
31/12/2020;  
Non-Executive Director 
from 1/1/2021 

Les Easson

Non-Executive Director 

(to 17/3/2021)

Andrew Hayward Chief Financial Officer  

(to 16/3/2020)

Risk & 
Compliance 
Committee

Audit 
Committee

Remuneration 
& Corporate 
Social 
Responsibility 
Committee

Nominations 
& Succession 
Committee

Disclosure 
Committee

Considered
Independent

–

–

–

M

M

–

C

–

–

–

–

–

–

M

M

–

C

–

–

–

M

–

–

M

C

–

–

–

–

–

C

–

–

M

M

M

M

–

–

–

C

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

UA

X

X

Y

Y

X

Y

X

X

X

On 13 February 2021, Joanne Lake became the Interim Chair of the Audit and the Risk & Compliance Committees.

On 1 May 2021, the Company appointed Sheryl Lawrence and Michael Yeates as Independent Non-Executive Directors, 
and its COO, Gary Marshall, as an Executive Director.

Membership of the Committees from 14 May 2021, or once regulatory approval is received for the appointment of Sheryl 
Lawrence as Chair of the Audit Committee, and Michael Yeates as Chair of the Risk & Compliance Committee (if later), is 
shown below:

C = Chair 

M = Member 

UA = Upon appointment

Position

Stephen Karle

Non-Executive Chairman

Paul Smith

Chief Executive Officer

Graeme Campbell Chief Financial Officer

Gary Marshall

Chief Operating Officer

Sir Nigel Knowles Senior Independent 

Director

Joanne Lake

Independent  

Non-Executive Director

Peter Ward

Non-Executive Director

Andy Thomson

Non-Executive Director

Sheryl Lawrence Independent  

Non-Executive Director

Michael Yeates

Independent  

Non-Executive Director

Risk & 
Compliance 
Committee

Audit 
Committee

Remuneration 
& Corporate 
Social 
Responsibility 
Committee

Nominations 
& Succession 
Committee

Disclosure 
Committee

Considered
Independent

–

–

–

–

M

M

–

–

M

C

–

–

–

–

M

M

–

–

C

M

M

–

–

–

M

C

–

–

–

–

C

–

–

–

M

M

M

–

–

–

C

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

UA

X

X

X

Y

Y

X

X

Y

Y

Nominations & Succession Committee

54

Nominations & Succession Committee

Dear Shareholder,
I am pleased to present the 
report of the Nominations & 
Succession Committee  
which covers the year ended 
27 February 2021.

The report provides insight 
into the composition of the 
Committee and the work that 
it undertakes.

We continue to assist the 
Board in the assessment of 
the appropriate skills and in 
developing succession plans 
to ensure we continue to 
deliver against our strategy.

COMMITTEE MEMBERS

• Stephen Karle (Chairman)

• Baroness Simone Finn (to 12 February 2021)

• Sir Nigel Knowles

• Joanne Lake

• Peter Ward

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

WHAT DOES THE COMMITTEE DO?

1.  Ensures that the Board has a 
formal and transparent 
appointments procedure and that 
the balance of Directors on the 
Board remains appropriate as the 
Group develops in order to ensure 
that the business can compete 
effectively in the marketplace.

2.  Identifies and nominates 

candidates to fill Board vacancies 
as and when they arise.

3.  Evaluates the balance of skills, 
knowledge, experience and 
diversity of the Board in order to 
ensure an optimum mix.

4.  Considers the succession planning 
for Directors, Executives and 
senior managers to ensure that 
any succession is managed 
smoothly.

The Committee comprises all of the 
Group’s Independent Non-Executive 
Directors, the Board Chairman, and 
Peter Ward. It held four meetings 
during the year.

The Committee’s terms of reference 
are available on the Group’s website.

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

55

Diversity

Activities during the year

The Group recognises the importance of diversity both at 
Board level and throughout the whole organisation.

During the year, the Committee has:
•  undertaken an exercise to look at Executive succession 

The Board remains committed to increasing diversity. 
Consequently, diversity is taken into account during each 
recruitment and appointment process, working to attract 
outstanding candidates with diverse backgrounds, skills, 
ideas and culture.

The Company has an established policy of promoting 
equal opportunities in employment, ensuring that 
discrimination does not take place, and everyone receives 
equal treatment regardless of age, disability, gender 
reassignment, marital or civil partner status, pregnancy or 
maternity, race, colour, nationality, ethnic or national origin, 
religion or belief, sex or sexual orientation. As part of this 
policy, the Company has put in place a number of steps 
that aim to address the possibility of unconscious bias 
during the recruitment process. In 2020, the Company 
introduced a system of anonymised CVs whereby the 
personal details of the candidates (name, gender) are 
initially hidden, thereby ensuring that shortlists are 
selected based solely on skills and experience. The 
Committee will review the results of this new process 
during the year.

Prior to the resignation of Baroness Finn on 12 February 
2021, two members of the Board, and two-thirds of  
the independent Directors, were women. Following the 
appointment of Sheryl Lawrence in May 2021 (see page 
57), two members of the Board and 50% of the 
Independent Non-Executive Directors, are again women.

As at 27 February 2021, the Executive Management Team 
and Company Secretary comprised eight men and one 
woman. Their direct reports consisted of 23 men and  
10 women.

• 

planning;
reviewed the composition of the Board and its  
sub-Committees;

•  undertaken an annual internal evaluation process for 

both the Chairman and the Board as a whole;

•  concluded that the Board works effectively, both as a 
group and in its individual committees, bringing a 
wealth of relevant experience to the Company; and
•  made a number of recommendations in relation to 

appointments to the Board, namely the CFO, COO and 
two Independent Non-Executive Directors.

Internal Board evaluation
In terms of the evaluation of Board members, the Board 
succession planning process is set out in a clear, written 
policy which ensures consistency and rigour. It is 
underpinned by a Board profile matrix, in which the skills, 
competences and diversity needs of the Board are 
mapped against current composition. The matrix helps  
the Board focus its search and write relevant role 
descriptions that are Senior Manager & Certification 
Regime (SM&CR) compliant for the selection of any new 
Non-Executive Directors.

A further measure involves annual effectiveness reviews 
of individual Non-Executive Directors, led by the Chairman, 
but with the Chairman being assessed by the Senior 
Independent Director with input from all Directors.  
The Committee has given consideration to a future 
evaluation by external consultants, to assist the Board in 
understanding its collective effectiveness and to help 
inform Non-Executive Directors of their strategic 
relevance to the Company. It is envisaged that this form  
of external evaluation would then be undertaken every  
three years.

Where changes to Board composition are considered 
necessary, the Committee defines the Board’s needs, 
identifies the talent required, and engages independent, 
reputable search consultants and/or key advisers to assist 
in the search for high-calibre candidates, submitting its 
recommendations to the full Board for consideration.

56

Nominations & Succession Committee continued

Changes to the Board during the year

There have been a number of changes to the Board during 
the year.

Andy Thomson
The Committee unanimously agreed to recommend to the 
Board that it appoint Andy Thomson to the position of 
Interim CFO, following the departure of Andrew Hayward 
on 16 March 2020.

Following the appointment of Graeme Campbell as Chief 
Financial Officer on 1 January 2021, Andy reverted to his 
earlier role as Non-Executive Director.

The Committee was aware that recent experience 
elsewhere in the Home Collected Credit sector has 
demonstrated that a loss of expertise at main Board level 
in relation to this specific form of consumer lending can 
potentially lead to financial problems that are adverse to 
the interests of all stakeholders.

The Committee was therefore determined to retain the 
expert knowledge and deep HCC experience of Andy 
Thomson, having worked in the sector for the last 12 years. 
He served as a Non-Executive Director of the Company 
prior to becoming the Executive CFO at the time of its IPO 
and has been a shareholder throughout the period since 
the IPO; hence the Committee believed that he was well 
placed to protect shareholder interests in his role as a 
Non-Executive Director.

Graeme Campbell
Graeme Campbell was appointed CFO on 1 January 2021 
following approval by the FCA and the announcement of 
the interim FY21 results. Graeme was previously the Chief 
Financial Officer of BrightHouse (a trading name of 
Caversham Finance Limited) which provided rent-to-own 
and cash lending services to the UK consumer market. 
Graeme became CFO of BrightHouse in 2018. He joined 
that company in 2011 and held a number of roles including 
Director of Finance as well as the Strategy and Digital 
Director, and Chief Information Officer, during which he 
spearheaded the financial, IT and emerging digital 
strategy of the business. Prior to this, he held senior 
finance roles at Virgin Media and Thresher Group.

Graeme brings a wealth of highly relevant sector and 
financial experience, along with broader digital and 
commercial skills, which will be invaluable to the Group as it 
looks to grow its business during the coming years.

The Company engaged the independent executive search 
and selection specialists, Argent Services Limited, for this 
appointment. Argent, whose founder has 15 years of 
experience in executive search, has no other relationship 
with the Group and had been used by the Company to fill a 
number of its senior roles in the past. Graeme undertook 
formal selection interviews with the Chairman, CEO and 
CFO, as well as an informal session with the HR Director. 
This was followed by a full interview with this Committee.

Following the internal evaluation, the Committee 
concluded that:
• 

the Board remains focused on outcomes – for 
customers, investors, employees, self-employed agents 
and stakeholders. This can be demonstrated by the 
management information requested by and produced 
to the Board at each Board meeting;
the Board consistently considers the relevance of its 
capabilities to meet the challenges ahead. This is 
debated at the Nominations & Succession Committee;
the culture at the Board table encourages wide, deep 
and relevant participation;
the Board is consistently engaged. All Non-Executive 
Directors add value in maximising the leverage and 
quality of their third-party relationships;

• 

• 

• 

•  Board colleagues bring a wide range of perspectives to 
the Board table. Non-Executive Directors reflect on 
insights gained from their other activities and bring 
valuable input to meetings;

•  additional training should be provided to the Directors 

on topics specifically related to the Group’s activities. 
During the year, the Directors have received 
comprehensive briefings on the HCC division from its 
Operations Director; on the Digital division from the 
Chief Operations Officer; on potential mergers and 
acquisitions from the Company’s Nomad, Peel Hunt; on 
the highly important customer portal from the Group 
Marketing Manager; and on the response of the whole 
business, and in particular the customer service 
function, since the onset of the Covid-19 pandemic. 
the Board agenda and management information are 
continually reviewed to ensure that concise and 
relevant information is made available at an 
appropriate time.

• 

As a result of the Board evaluation, the Committee has 
concluded that the Board works effectively as a group  
in its current form, although this will remain under  
annual review.

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

57

Baroness Simone Finn
On 12 February 2021, Baroness Finn resigned as an 
independent Non-Executive Director to take up a new 
position within Government as Deputy Chief of Staff to the 
Prime Minister. During her period in office, her insights 
were invaluable to the Company’s ongoing journey to 
become a leading technology-enabled provider of a wide 
range of non-standard financial services. 

Changes to the Board after the end of the year
Les Easson
On 17 March 2021, Les Easson resigned as Non-Executive 
Director. Les had been appointed a Non-Executive 
Director upon his retirement as Operations Director 
following 36 years at the Company. The support he has 
given to ensure his replacement had a smooth transition 
into the Operations Director role has been extremely 
valuable and Les felt that after 18 months, it was the right 
time to relinquish his mentoring role.

Recruitment of new Non-Executive Directors
As a result of the resignations of Baroness Finn and Les 
Easson, the Committee agreed to commence an exercise 
to recruit two new Independent Non-Executive Directors. 
The Company again engaged the independent executive 
search and selection specialists, Argent Services Limited, 
for both appointments. 

Prospective candidates were interviewed by the Chairman 
and were provided with a briefing about the Company by 
the CEO. Following this process, the Committee met and 
subsequently recommended the appointment of two new 
Independent Non-Executive Directors, Sheryl Lawrence 
and Michael Yeates. Both bring significant experience in 
the financial services sector and their appointments as 
Committee Chairs will be subject to regulatory approval. 
Their biographies are included on page 43.

Appointment of additional Executive Director
The Committee also recommended the appointment of 
Gary Marshall as an Executive Director. Since he joined the 
Group as Chief Operating Officer in July 2019, Gary has 
been responsible for successfully leading the integration 
and development of the digital business, Shelby Finance. 
Gary has also taken on overall responsibility for the 
Group’s IT and Change functions. His biography is included 
on page 42.

Corporate Governance Code
The Committee is aware that following these 
appointments, the Group does not comply with  
Provision 11 of the 2018 Corporate Governance Code 
which relates to the proportion of Non-Executive Directors 
whom the Board considers to be independent. However,  
at the date of this Annual Report, the Company has four 
Independent Non-Executive Directors, which the Board 
believes is an appropriate number for its current size and 
stage of development.

Succession planning
The Company has developed a policy for both Board and 
Executive succession planning that sets out a process  
by which the Nominations & Succession Committee  
plans ahead for the replacement of Executive and  
Non-Executive Board members and the Chair, either 
because of a vacancy or a possible future vacancy.  
This process looks at the medium term and longer term, 
together with potential contingencies.

The plan has been developed to ensure:
•  continuity in key roles;
• 
sustainability of the Company’s performance;
•  high standards of corporate governance; and
•  appropriate investor dialogue.

It addresses the issues of competence, integrity, 
transparency, diversity and independence by seeking to 
define the shape of the Board and Executive teams by 
assessing on an ongoing basis:
• 

the required levels of knowledge, skills, experience and 
specific expertise;
the proportion of the Board that should be composed 
of Independent Non-Executive Directors;
the issue of diversity in the widest sense of the word, 
especially gender diversity;
the effectiveness of Board refreshment through the 
periodic appointment of new members and the 
scheduled retirement of incumbent Directors, the 
primary aim being to align skill sets with the Company’s 
evolving strategic direction; and

• 

• 

• 

•  whether effective risk management is in place to 

minimise the vulnerability to narrow ‘group thinking’.

Board service is strictly contingent on individual Director 
performance and annual re-election, founded upon 
satisfactory evaluations of his or her contribution to  
the Board.

The position will be kept under close review by the 
Nominations & Succession Committee alongside the 
delivery of the Company’s strategy.

Approval

On behalf of the Nominations & Succession Committee

Stephen Karle
Chairman
13 May 2021

Audit Committee

58

Audit Committee

Dear Shareholder,
As the Interim Chair of the 
Audit Committee, I am pleased 
to present the Committee’s 
report for the year ended  
27 February 2021.

The report provides insight 
into the composition of the 
Committee and the work that 
it undertakes.

In essence, we ensure the 
integrity of the financial 
reporting, the robustness  
of internal operational and 
financial controls and the 
independence of the external 
auditor.

COMMITTEE MEMBERS

• Joanne Lake (Interim Chair from 13 February 2021)

• Sir Nigel Knowles

 • Baroness Simone Finn (Chair to 12 February 2021)

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

WHAT DOES THE COMMITTEE DO?

The key objective of the Committee is 
to provide assurance to the Board as 
to the effectiveness of the Company’s 
internal controls and the integrity of 
its financial records and externally 
published results.

The Committee monitors and reviews 
the Group’s financial reporting from 
information provided by management 
and the auditor. The Committee 
reports to the Board on the Group’s 
full and half-year results, having 
examined the accounting policies on 
which they are based and ensured 
compliance with relevant accounting 
standards.

The Committee’s terms of reference 
are available on the Group’s website.

The Committee held four scheduled 
meetings during the year, in alignment 
with its terms of reference. It also held 
two meetings to approve the FY20 
final results and the FY21 interim 
results, plus two additional meetings 
to review the impact of Covid-19 on 
the financial results of the business 
during calendar year 2020.

The Committee acknowledges and 
embraces its role in protecting the 
interests of shareholders and is 
committed to monitoring the integrity 
of the Group’s reporting.

The Committee performed reviews of 
the full-year, interim and trading 
update announcements, and the 
Annual Report and Accounts and 
half-yearly financial statements.

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

59

Joanne Lake is a Chartered Accountant with extensive 
experience within the financial services sector, whilst Sir 
Nigel Knowles is the CEO of global legal business DWF plc, 
having been a Managing Partner at the global law firm 
DLA Piper for nearly 20 years.

approach being taken by management. The result is that 
the audit plan and the preliminary judgement papers can 
be reviewed and agreed at the most appropriate times in 
the audit process.

Composition and governance

As a Chartered Accountant, the Board considers that 
Joanne Lake has recent and relevant financial experience. 
All the independent Non-Executive Directors are members 
of this Committee and have been since the Group’s IPO in 
May 2016. Following the resignation of Baroness Finn, the 
Nominations Committee agreed to recruit two additional 
Independent Non-Executive Directors, with the 
expectation that one will become the new Chair of the 
Committee. In the meantime, the Board believes that the 
current members have sufficient skills, qualifications and 
experience to discharge their duties in accordance with the 
Committee’s terms of reference.

The other Directors are also invited to attend meetings,  
as are senior representatives of the external auditor, 
together with appropriate members of the Executive 
team, in order to ensure that all relevant information is 
available to the Committee.

The Committee meets with the external auditor without 
the presence of Executive Management twice each year to 
discuss matters relating to its remit and any issues relating 
to the audit. The Committee also meets each of the Risk & 
Compliance Director and the Head of Internal Audit 
individually on an annual basis without the presence of 
other Executive Management.

The Committee has direct and unrestricted access to both 
internal and external audit functions. As the Interim Chair, I 
also have regular contact with the external auditor, the 
Chief Financial Officer, the Risk & Compliance Director, and 
the Head of Internal Audit outside the formal meetings to 
ensure that any areas for discussion are dealt with in a 
timely manner.

How the Committee discharged its responsibilities

The Audit Committee held four scheduled meetings during 
the year in alignment with its terms of reference and with 
the Group’s financial reporting timetable.

A self-assessment internal review of the performance of 
the Committee concluded that it had discharged its 
responsibilities during the year. This was achieved by 
comparing the Committee’s terms of reference with the 
Committee’s actions and considerations during the year.

Following an earlier review, a separate meeting was 
scheduled in late January with the sole purpose of 
reviewing the proposed 2021 audit plan. Initial judgement 
papers were presented to the Committee in February in 
order that the Committee could review the general 

Significant areas of judgement

The external auditor has scoped the audit appropriately 
and subjected significant areas of judgement to robust 
challenge.

The Committee considers there to be four significant areas 
of judgement and these are detailed below.

At the January 2021 Audit planning meeting, the 
Committee reviewed the effects of the revised auditing 
standard on the subject of Auditing Accounting Estimates 
and Related Disclosures (ISA UK 540) in the context of 
what should be included within the management 
judgement papers. 

Due to materiality, the significant areas of judgement in 
FY21 relate to the HCC division. 

1.  Loan loss provisioning
IFRS 9 requires management to record impairment 
provisions based on the stage of credit impairment. The 
recording of a provision requires management to make 
complex judgements/estimates. Management has 
adopted an approach to IFRS 9 impairment modelling, 
based on discounting expected future cash flows whereby 
the probability of default and loss given default are 
assessed as a single combined measure.

The key judgement/estimate is around the estimation of 
expected future cash flows used to determine the 
provision.

The Committee regularly challenges the appropriateness 
of management’s judgements, estimates and assumptions 
underlying the impairment provision calculations and 
concluded that the provisions held against the loan book 
are reasonable.

The management approach to loan loss provisioning was 
reviewed with the Committee and the external auditors  
at one of the Committee’s scheduled meetings. This 
underlying approach of using cash collection curves for the 
previous five individual year-end snapshots of data with 
three years forward-looking cash flows (in this case, 
2015-2019 – see below) has remained consistent with  
the previous year. However, in FY21, the Committee has 
carefully considered the best way to deal with the impact 
of Covid-19 on the impairment provision and income 
recognition. It believed that continuing to use a flat 
five-year average of the cash curves and EIR calculation 
would materially understate the provision. It therefore 
decided to use a weighting of the individual cash curves  
to give more prominence to the most recent cohort.  

60

Audit Committee continued

In this way, the cash collection curves have been weighted 
to give prominence to the 2019 cohort using a weighting  
of 60%, with a 10% weighting for each of the other four 
cohorts. Management and the Committee feel that 
weighting the selection of data towards the 2019 data, 
which was impacted by the experiences of the Covid-19 
pandemic, will give a closer fit to the performance of the 
end of year loan book than the other years in the data  
set. This approach was used for both the interim and 
full-year results.

The overlay specifically used for the Covid-19 provision in 
the FY20 results has been discontinued, and provisions 
are being handled at an aggregate level.

After discussion with management and the external auditor, 
the Committee considered the 2015-19 cash curves to be 
appropriate for the purposes of determining the base level 
of impairment provision required at year end in order to 
establish the normalised adjusted profit before tax.
•  The adoption of multiple cohorts to construct the cash 
curves remained consistent with the Company’s IFRS 9 
policy. The impact of transitioning from 2014-18 cash 
curves used in FY20 to the 2015-19 weighted curves 
used in FY21 was £1.4m. If the weighting had not been 
applied and the curves were updated to the 2015-19 
curves with equal weighting, the impact would have 
been £0.8m

•  FY21 actual cash collections were within c0.5% of those 

forecast in the FY20 year-end provision.

Based on the review described above, the Committee 
concluded that the underlying provisions held against the 
loan book are reasonable.

2.  Revenue recognition
IFRS 9 requires management to recognise interest using 
the effective interest rate (EIR) method based on the stage 
of credit impairment.

In order to arrive at the average expected life for each 
product type, management has taken an average of the 
expected lives of loans within the December 2015-2019 
cohorts. These expected lives were adjusted where 
appropriate to reflect any changes. However, in FY21, the 
cohorts have been weighted to give prominence to the 
2019 cohort using a weighting of 60%, with a 10% 
weighting for each of the other four cohorts. This approach 
was used for both the interim and full-year results. This 
approach is deemed reasonable given the data sets align 
with those used to construct the cash collection curves for 
loan loss provisioning purposes (as described above), 
thereby resulting in consistency across management’s 
IFRS 9 modelling methodology. The Committee has 
reviewed the expected life assumptions and 
management’s judgement paper.

The management treatment of revenue recognition was 
reviewed with management and the external auditors at 
one of the Committee’s scheduled meetings. This 
treatment has remained consistent with the previous year, 
with the exception of the use of weightings to give 
prominence to the most recent year, as described above. 
The Committee has also challenged the expected life of 

products by reference to both historical and forecast data 
and comparability with the contractual life under IFRS 9. 
As a result of this review, the Committee has concluded 
that the Group’s treatment of this is reasonable.

3.  Goodwill impairment
A third significant area of judgement/estimation is that of 
goodwill impairment, following the acquisition of U 
Holdings Limited in June 2019. 

Management is required by accounting standards to 
perform an annual impairment review for goodwill 
balances. Assessment of impairment involves estimating 
the fair value less costs to sell and value in use of certain 
intangible assets at each reporting period. This requires an 
assessment of whether there are any impairment triggers 
which, given the nature of the assets, focuses on 
performance and cash flows.

The Committee has reviewed the forecast cash flows in 
the goodwill impairment model for U Holdings Limited. In 
the short-term these are based on the expectations within 
the current business plan, which are the key assumptions 
in driving the first three years of projections. Longer terms 
growth rates, which are at a lower level, reflect a level of 
anticipated maturity, which together with the discount rate 
used, are also key factors underpinning the forecast in 
later years. The Company used a pre-tax weighted 
average cost of capital (WACC) of 13.36% in order to 
discount future cash flows. The WACC used to model the
discount future cash flows in FY20 was 13.22%. If this rate 
was applied to the current model the headroom over the 
discount future cash flows would increase by £1.97m. The 
Committee was mindful that the price of the acquisition of 
U Holdings Limited was set in a competitive bid and that 
the price paid, whether measured in price per customer or 
multiple of revenue, represented a significant discount to 
the valuations placed on some of U Holdings Limited’s 
larger mainstream competitors. 

In considering the future projected cash flows, the 
Committee reviewed the current performance of the 
business and through the use of sensitised scenarios, 
including a ‘Collect Out’ scenario as recommended by  
the Regulator, is satisfied that performance is at a 
sufficient level and that there was no requirement to 
impair the goodwill that arose from the acquisition of  
U Holdings Limited.

4.  Going concern
At the January 2021 Audit planning meeting, the 
Committee reviewed the advice provided by the auditors 
regarding the effects of the new auditing standard (ISA 
UK 570) which has come into force in respect of going 
concern reviews. The new auditing standard requires 
increased scrutiny of not only the outputs but the controls 
and processes around the going concern review.

In addition to the usual elements of the going concern 
review of viability, liquidity, risk assessment and funding, 
there is an additional requirement for management and 
the Directors to consider a more wide-ranging view of the 
going concern review which includes not just a focus on the 
numerical approach but also on the process.

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

 
Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

61

The cash collections covenant was reduced for the 
remainder of the 2020 calendar year to reflect the 
reduced performance during the early weeks of lockdown.
Since early May 2020 our collections performance was 
already back to a level that exceeded the original covenant 
and at no point in time was the original covenant 
breached. The interest cover ratio covenant (EBITDA/
interest cost), previously reported x5.0, automatically 
reduced on expiry of the mezzanine facility to x3.25.  
We agreed with the funders to carry out this calculation  
on a rolling 12-month basis rather than a 6-month rolling 
basis because the impact of Covid-19 on month-to-month 
impairments performance can be more volatile than is 
normal. We also agreed, once the magnitude of the 
Covid-19 adjustment to impairment was understood, to 
define this as an exceptional item in accordance with the 
facility agreement and therefore exclude it from the 
interest cover calculation.

In May 2021, the Group agreed a new loan facility with a 
consortium of two lenders, which secured funding for our 
HCC and digital products through to December 2022.  
This was at a reduced commitment level of £35m, all in the 
Revolving Credit Facility (RCF), compared to the £40m 
funding commitment previously in place until December 
2021. The new facility will continue funding our existing 
HCC products, but crucially, it will unlock funding for our 
Dot Dot loan products and help the business achieve its 
immediate strategic objectives. The Committee believes 
that to achieve this in such an economic and societal 
upheaval for which there is no historic comparison, showed 
great confidence by our lending syndicate in the 
robustness of our business model.

The Committee is pleased that there are no going concern 
issues for the Group. We have adequate headroom in our 
facilities to meet our projected cash flows, have never 
breached a loan covenant and our forecasts based on 
current performance metrics do not lead to any 
forecasted breach. Additional comfort is taken from the 
debt balance at the end of February 2021 being £8.5m 
which compares to £19.5m forecast in the Covid-19 
business plan provided to the funders and £34m of drawn 
down debt at the same point last year.

Critical accounting judgements/estimates and key sources 
of estimation uncertainty

There are both critical accounting judgements/estimates 
and key sources of estimation uncertainty contained  
within this Annual Report. Further details can be found on 
page 107.

Strategic Report Corporate Governance 
Financial Statements

The Committee assessed the Group’s business plan and 
subsequently ran a number of scenarios around the key 
areas of sensitivities, namely:
• 
•  collections;
• 
•  cash availability.

loan book quality/credit risk; and

loan volumes;

In addition to the auditing requirements, the Group has 
committed to the Regulator as part of its approach to 
financial resilience, to document its approach to going 
concern reviews and to include scenarios along the lines 
described above.

As the Covid-19 pandemic developed during 2020, the 
business had to quickly react to the new challenges facing 
it. This was particularly the case in the HCC division where 
pre-Covid-19 lockdown, 100% of loan sales and c.60% of 
collections were dependent on human interaction. As it 
became clearer that offices might be closed, the Company 
had to redesign parts of its operations.

The Committee was reassured by the operational 
resilience demonstrated by the Company as customer 
loan repayments moved to being made remotely, and for 
FY21 as a whole around 80% were made remotely mainly 
through remote debit card payments and the portal. The 
Company also rapidly developed a remote sales 
application with the ability to deliver funds to customers
through direct bank transfers. During the whole of FY21, 
62% of all loan sales were arranged remotely, with 67% 
done this way in February 2021. Remote loan sales used 
the same stringent affordability checks as loans arranged 
face to face, with additional ID and bank validation checks 
when the Company used a system of faster payments to 
provide the loan directly into the customer’s bank account. 
In addition, our customer support staff were equipped 
with laptop computers and set up to work from home 
through remote telephony.

The timing of the impact of Covid-19 on the Group, being 
just three weeks into the new financial year, meant that 
the budgets and management goals put in place for the 
year were no longer relevant. At the same time, we were in 
discussions with our funders to extend the existing debt 
facility from August 2020 to the end of November 2021. 
We therefore had to prepare a revised business plan 
taking into consideration the adverse impacts of the 
national lockdown and subsequent impacts of a post-
Covid-19 world such as the likely move to a more digital 
relationship with our customers. The assumptions for this 
were agreed with the funding syndicate and then 
modelled during late March/early April.

This Covid-19 scenario was then used to assess our going 
concern status and long-term viability of the business. 
During the negotiations to extend the facility, the Covid-19 
scenario was used in order to give the funding syndicate 
sufficient assurance about the security of the asset as  
this stressed the cash flows and covenant performance 
metrics to the full. As a result of this stress test, the 
funders agreed to make changes to two covenants in  
the agreement:

 
 
 
62

Audit Committee continued

Meetings of the Committee

The Committee held four scheduled meetings during the 
year ending 27 February 2021. It also held two meetings 
to approve the FY20 final results and the FY21 interim 
results, plus two additional meetings to review the impact 
of Covid-19 on the financial results of the business.

Attendance records can be found on page 52.

The work undertaken by the Committee included the 
following activities:
•  A review of the full-year results including the Annual 
Report and Accounts, preliminary results, and the 
external auditor’s report. Providing advice (where 
requested by the Board) on whether the Annual 
Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, 
balanced and understandable, and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the 
Company’s position and performance, business model 
and strategy.
In reviewing these documents and determining 
whether they were fair, balanced, and understandable, 
the Committee also considered the work and 
recommendations of management.

• 

•  An interim results’ review.
•  A consideration of the appropriateness of accounting 

policies and critical accounting estimates and 
judgements/estimates, including a review of 
information from the Chief Financial Officer and 
reports from the external auditor setting out its views 
on the accounting treatments and judgements/
estimates in the financial statements.

•  A review of the external auditor’s control observations 
arising from their external audit of the Company’s 
2020 accounts, and the management’s response to 
the recommendations included within it.

•  A consideration of the level of non-audit work carried 
out for the Group by the external auditor seeking 
confirmation from the auditor that it maintains suitable 
policies and processes to ensure independence. The 
Committee has a non-audit work policy which is 
reviewed annually.

•  Overseeing the activities of the Group’s internal audit 
function, including its resourcing, its planning, and the 
output of its audit work.

•  Approving the budgets for internal and external audit 

activities.

•  Reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of the 

Group’s internal audit function and the robustness of 
the Group’s internal operational and financial controls.

•  Reviewing access controls, and especially the 

procedure to cover employee joiners, leavers and 
reassignments.

•  A review of the going concern assumptions when 

considering interim and final results statements and 
long-term viability in the case of the Annual Report & 
Accounts, taking into account internal financial 
projections.

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

Review of the 2021 Annual Report and Financial 
Statements

At the request of the Board, the Committee considered 
whether, in its opinion, the 2021 Annual Report and 
Financial Statements, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced, 
and understandable and provide the necessary 
information for the reader to assess the Group’s position 
and performance, business model and key audit matters.

Process
In justifying this statement, the Committee considered the 
process in place to create the Annual Report and Financial 
Statements including:
• 

the timely involvement of the Committee in the 
preparation of the Annual Report and Financial 
Statements which enabled it to provide input into the 
overall messages and tone;
the input provided by Group senior management and 
the process of review, evaluation, and verification to 
ensure balance, accuracy and consistency;
the regular review of the Group’s internal audit reports 
which are presented at Committee meetings and the 
opportunity for the Non-Executive Directors to meet 
both the external auditors and the Head of Internal 
Audit without any executive of the Group being present 
via the private sessions of the Committee;
the Committee meetings reviewed and considered the 
draft Annual Report and Financial Statements in 
advance of the final sign-off; and
the final sign-off process by the Board.

• 

• 

• 

• 

When forming its opinion, the Committee reflected on the 
information it had received and its discussions through the 
year. In particular, the Committee considered whether:

The report is fair
•  Are the key messages in the narrative reporting 

reflective of the financial reporting; 

•  Are the KPIs disclosed appropriate to understanding 

the underlying performance of the Group?

The report is balanced
• 

Is there a good level of consistency between the 
narrative reporting and the financial reporting and is 
the messaging in each consistent when read 
independently of each other?

•  Are both the statutory and adjusted financial 

measures explained clearly and given equal priority 
and prominence?

•  Are the key judgements/estimates referred to in the 

narrative reporting and the significant issues reported 
in this Audit Committee Report consistent with the 
disclosures and critical judgements/estimates set out in 
the financial statements?

•  How do these judgements/estimates and issues 

compare with the risks that the external auditor will 
include in its report?

The report is understandable
• 

Is there a clear and understandable structure to 
the report?

•  Are the important messages highlighted appropriately 
and consistently throughout the document with clear 
signposting to where additional information can 
be found?

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

63

• 

Is the narrative within the Annual Report and Financial 
Statements straightforward and transparent?

This assessment was also underpinned by the following:
•  The papers on critical accounting judgements/

estimates and key sources of estimation uncertainty 
presented by management to the Audit Committee 
which documents the approach taken to the critical 
accounting judgements/estimates and key sources of 
estimation uncertainty documented in the financial 
statements on Page 107. The assumptions and the 
going concern statement were challenged by the 
Committee as part of the year-end process.

•  The consistency between the risks identified and the 

issues that are of concern to the Committee.

•  The comprehensive reviews of the Annual Report and 
Financial Statements 2021 undertaken at different 
levels in the Group which aims to ensure consistency 
and overall balance.

•  The external auditor’s report on the Annual Report and 

Financial Statements 2021.

Conclusion
Following its review, and having taken into account all the 
matters considered by the Audit Committee and brought 
to their attention during the year, the Committee reported 
to the Board that it was satisfied that the Annual Report 
and Accounts, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and 
understandable.

External audit

The Group’s external auditor is Deloitte LLP.

The Committee is responsible for reviewing the objectivity, 
independence and cost-effectiveness of the external 
auditor.

The Committee also reviews the performance of the 
auditor, taking into account the services and advice 
provided to the Group and the fees charged for these 
services. The CFO, Finance Director and other senior 
executives provide feedback to the Board and Audit 
Committees, on a regular basis regarding the services 
received from the external auditor.

During the year, the Committee reviewed its non-audit 
work policy which is designed to mitigate any risks 
threatening, or appearing to threaten, the external 
auditor’s independence and objectivity.

As part of the Committee’s remit, we monitor the level of 
non-audit work carried out by the external auditor. During 
the year to 27 February 2021, the level of audit fees 
amounted to £312k (FY20: £410k), and non-audit fees 
amounted to £35k (FY20: £85k). The ratio of non-audit 
fees to audit fees was 11.2% (FY20: 20.7%). The non-audit 
work carried out during FY21 related to the review of the 
interim results. 

Deloitte LLP was first appointed as auditor of Morses Club 
Limited with effect from 1 March 2009 as a result of a 
competitive audit tender. Being on AIM, the Company is 
not a Public Interest Entity and therefore is not required to 
review its external auditor after 10 years.

Following consultation with the management team, and 
especially the Finance Department, the Committee agreed 
to retain Deloitte for the FY21 audit. Deloitte has 
significant experience and expertise within the Home 
Collected Credit market. On this basis, the Committee has 
recommended to the Board that Deloitte be proposed for 
reappointment at the forthcoming Annual General 
Meeting. Deloitte has indicated its willingness to continue in 
office. The Committee confirms that there are no 
contractual obligations that restrict the Committee’s 
choice of external auditor in the future.

Internal Audit function

The Group has an internal audit function headed by an 
experienced and highly qualified Head of Internal Audit 
who reports directly to me, as Interim Chair of the Audit 
Committee. The Internal Audit function objectively reviews 
the Group’s internal control processes using a risk-based 
internal audit plan and audit charter approved annually by 
the Committee. The plan is based primarily on output from 
the risk management process, but it is flexible and may 
include ad hoc investigations and other assurance work 
agreed by the Committee. Specialist technical knowledge 
and resources are sourced externally when required.

During the year, the Internal Audit delivered a diverse 
selection of reviews. This year saw assurance work on 
areas such as credit referencing and underwriting, 
supplier resilience, and information security. Internal  
Audit also managed penetration testing to provide 
assurance over technical infrastructure controls. This work 
was performed by an experienced specialist technical 
testing provider.

The Committee closely reviews the reports of the Internal 
Audit function. Its work is primarily risk-based, utilising the 
Group’s risk registers and consultation with the Executive 
team to identify key risks which are then prioritised. The 
Committee has found the reports to be both incisive and 
timely, and presented in a way that is well articulated.

The Head of Internal Audit is invited to attend all of the 
Committee’s meetings and meets the Committee 
members on an annual basis without management 
present. As Interim Chair of the Committee, I hold one-to-
one meetings every month with the Head of Internal Audit.

The Committee annually assesses the effectiveness of the 
Internal Audit function and has satisfied itself that the 
quality, independence, experience and expertise of the 
function is appropriate for the business.

FRC Corporate Reporting Review team 

There was no interaction with the FRC’s Corporate 
Reporting Review team during the year.

Approval

On behalf of the Audit Committee

Joanne Lake
Interim Chair
13 May 2021

Risk & Compliance Committee

64

Risk & Compliance Committee

Dear Shareholder,
As Interim Chair of the Risk & 
Compliance Committee, I am 
pleased to present my report 
which covers the year ended  
27 February 2021.

The report provides insight  
into the composition of the 
Committee and the work that it 
undertakes to ensure that:

•  the Group remains compliant 

with the FCA’s prevailing 
rules, regulations and 
guidance;

•  the Group’s risk management 
policies and procedures are 
fit for purpose; and

•  the Group’s risk management 

framework is operating 
effectively.

COMMITTEE MEMBERS

• Joanne Lake (Interim Chair from 13 February 2021)

• Sir Nigel Knowles

• Baroness Simone Finn (Chair to 12 February 2021)

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

WHAT DOES THE COMMITTEE DO?

The principal purpose of the Risk & 
Compliance Committee is to assist the 
Board in its oversight of risk and regulatory 
compliance within the Group with particular 
focus on the FCA’s developing 
requirements, risk appetite, risk profile and 
the effectiveness of the Group’s internal 
controls and risk management systems. The 
Committee ensures that there is an ongoing 
process for identifying, evaluating and 
managing the principal risks faced by the 
Company.

The Board and its Committees discharges 
its duties in this area through:
•  the review of financial performance 

including budgets, KPIs, forecasts and 
debt covenants on a monthly basis;
•  the receipt of regular reports which 

provide an assessment of key risks and 
controls and how effectively they are 
working;

•  scheduling annual Board reviews of 

business strategy, including reviews of 
the material risks and uncertainties 
facing the business;

•  the receipt of reports from senior 

management on the risk and control 
framework as well as culture within the 
Group; and

•  the presence of a clear organisational 
structure with defined hierarchy and 
clear delegation of authority.

These arrangements are regularly 
reviewed by the Committee and have been 
in place for the year under review and up to 
the date of approval of the Annual Report 
and Accounts. Reports are also received 
from management in respect of key 
controls as set out in the Compliance 
Monitoring Plan and reviewed on a regular 
basis. The Committee closely monitors any 
areas where a requirement for 
improvement has been highlighted. These 
are addressed by an improvement to 
policies and procedures supported by the 
introduction of enhanced technology for the 
agents and operational management. The 
Committee’s terms of reference are 
available on the Group’s website.

The Committee held four meetings during  
the year.

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

65

Composition and governance

In addition to my role as Interim Chair of the Risk & 
Compliance Committee, I am also Interim Chair of the 
Audit Committee. The Committee consists of all of the 
independent Non-Executive Directors.

The other Directors are also invited to attend meetings, 
together with appropriate members of the Executive team 
in order to ensure that all relevant information is available 
to the Committee.

How the Committee discharged its responsibilities

The Committee held four meetings during the year in 
accordance with its terms of reference.

Both the Risk Executive Committee and the Credit Risk 
Committee of the Morses Club division have reported 
directly to this Risk & Compliance Committee and a 
summary of their minutes are sent to all members of  
this Committee. In addition, the Committee also receives 
reports and updates from the Shelby Finance Limited 
subsidiary.

A self-assessment internal review of the performance of 
the Committee concluded that it had discharged its 
responsibilities during the year. It also confirmed that it 
was satisfied with the effectiveness of the Company’s risk 
management function. As Chair, I am satisfied with the 
functioning of the Committee, and the management 
information provided by the Company.

The Morses Club strapline is ‘Putting You First’; customers 
are at the heart of the Group’s culture, vision and values. In 
recent years, the level of public and regulatory scrutiny of 
the Group’s marketplace has grown. The Board recognises 
the importance to the business of risk and compliance, and 
the need to devote time and energy to these vital areas.

The Committee is responsible for reviewing and reporting 
to the Board on a number of topics, including:
• 

the Group’s risk appetite (the extent and categories of 
risk regarded by the Board as acceptable for the 
Group to bear);
the Group’s risk management and internal controls 
framework (its principles, policies, methodologies, 
systems, processes, procedures and people);

• 

• 

•  processes and procedures to ensure that the Group 
operates in compliance with external regulators, for 
example, the FCA and the ICO;
the arrangement for the identification, assessment, 
monitoring, management and oversight of risk with 
regard to processes and procedures;
the effectiveness of the Group’s internal controls, 
compliance monitoring and risk management systems; 
and
the Group’s procedures for preventing and detecting 
money laundering and fraud.

• 

• 

The Committee has a formal schedule for matters to be 
discussed at the various meetings. These include a regular 
review of:
• 
• 

the work done by the Executive Team’s Risk Committee;
the work done by the Executive Team’s Credit Risk 
Committee;
the Money Laundering Reporting Officer’s (MLRO) 
Report;
the Group’s assessment and management of conduct 
risk;
the Group’s policies and practices for treating 
customers fairly and ensuring consistently good 
customer outcomes;
the Group’s compliance monitoring activities;
information and cyber security, including adherence to 
GDPR;

• 

• 

• 

• 
• 

•  business continuity and disaster recovery plan and 

testing thereof;
the Group’s overall levels and types of insurance.

• 
•  customer complaints;
• 
financial crime;
•  whistle-blowing; and
• 

regulatory matters, including those relating to the FCA.

Activities during the year

During the year, some of the key topics addressed by the 
Committee included cyber security and data protection, 
Treating Customers Fairly, regulatory matters, customer 
complaints, the implementation of new processes in order 
to allow the HCC business to continue operating, and 
further enhancements to our system for checking each 
customer’s affordability.

Identifying risks

The Committee regularly reviews the procedures adopted 
by the Company to manage its risk. The Committee and 
the Board take a generally low-risk approach to risk. Risks 
with a relatively high likelihood and/or impact are kept 
under regular review.

Defined risk analysis criteria enable the Internal Audit 
function to identify areas of focus on the Board Risk 
Register. In consultation with the Audit Committee, the risk 
analysis criteria have been set as the following:
•  A significant variance between inherent and residual 
risk. A large variance indicates where the business is 
placing significant reliance on controls to be designed 
and operating effectively to bring the risk to an 
acceptable level.

•  A high inherent rating. Within the business’s risk 

registers, all risks with a high inherent rating have the 
possibility of causing significant harm to the business if 
mitigations are ineffective.

Using the above criteria, Internal Audit has been able to 
identify focus areas on the Board Risk Register.

66

Risk & Compliance Committee continued

Cyber security and data protection

Cyber security has been a major topic for the Committee. 
During the year, the Group continued to perform 
penetration testing using external specialists. Regular 
phishing exercises are conducted in order to maintain 
employee vigilance against genuine attacks. Most data is 
now encrypted at rest.

Regulatory matters

The Committee has been actively involved in the Group’s 
continuing constructive dialogue with the FCA. The Group 
has engaged proactively with the FCA throughout the 
pandemic, from a lending, collections and forbearance 
approach. We have also been involved with their wider 
consumer credit thematic work into Covid-19, both from a 
forbearance and financial resilience perspective. The 
Group has submitted data to the FCA’s Covid-19 team 
regarding financial resilience and operational matters on a 
regular basis.

Treating Customers Fairly

At each meeting, the Committee reviews the Company’s 
dashboard for Conduct Risk and Treating Customers 
Fairly. 

During the year, the HCC division has implemented further 
enhanced affordability procedures incorporating 
additional external data. This, together with a new loan 
optimisation initiative, has enhanced our affordability 
process and the customer journey for agents and 
customers at the point of sale.

Whistle-blowing

During the year, the Committee reviewed the Company’s 
whistle-blowing procedures. The subject has been 
included in two online training courses which are 
mandatory for staff to complete. They have also featured 
on the staff intranet. The Company has consistently 
highlighted to its staff the FCA’s whistle-blowing hotline as 
well as providing both an internal contact telephone 
number and email address, together with the contact 
details of one of our Independent Non-Executive Directors. 
During the year, there have been no reportable breaches 
and no whistle-blowing instances.

Customer complaints

The Group generates excellent customer satisfaction rates 
(as shown on page 17). The Committee continues to play a 
part in ensuring that management maintains its clear 
focus on Treating Customers Fairly and good customer 
outcomes. The Committee always invites the Group’s 
Customer Experience Director to its meetings.

The Committee noted the high standards achieved by the 
complaints handling team following accreditation of the 
new ISO 10002:2018. It was particularly pleasing to read 
comments supporting the business ethos of continual 
improvement, whilst satisfying stakeholder and customer 
needs. Management systems and processes were found to 
be effectively implemented in line with the spirit and 
requirements of the new certification.

The Committee has also closely monitored the level of 
complaints brought by claims management companies 
and the developing approach of the Financial Ombudsman 
Service. More details on this are contained in the Principal 
Risks section on page 28.

Business continuity

The Committee was pleased to see that the Group has 
continued to operate successfully since the start of the 
Covid-19 pandemic. Morses Club was able to restart 
lending to existing customers in April 2020 and 
subsequently recommence lending to new customers in 
July 2020.

The future

The Committee intends to initiate an external review of the 
Group’s Financial Crime and Risk & Compliance functions 
during the next 2 years. This will bring an outside 
perspective which can be valuable every few years. A 
section on the Group risks can be found on pages 26 to 31.

Covid-19
The Committee has been kept fully informed of the actions 
taken by the Company in response to the unprecedented 
effects of the Covid-19 virus. It reviewed these actions and 
was very encouraged by the speed of response and the 
diligence of the Company and its employees to the 
challenges posed by this pandemic. Further details are 
included on pages 4 to 5.

Covid-19 features in the Group’s risk register and the 
Committee will continue to monitor the wellbeing of the 
business, its customers, agents, staff and other 
stakeholders, particularly in light of changes that are or 
might be required as a result of any longer-term new ways 
of working.

Approval

On behalf of the Risk & Compliance Committee

Joanne Lake
Interim Chair
13 May 2021

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

Directors’ Remuneration Report

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

67

Directors’ Remuneration Report

The approach to Directors’ remuneration 
has been completed taking account of 
the market, regulatory environment, the 
need to deliver shareholder return and 
individual role responsibilities.

The Directors’ Remuneration Statement deals with the remuneration for those Directors in place during 
the year to 27 February 2021. There have been a number of changes to the Executive team during the 
year. The Non-Executive Director, Andy Thomson, agreed to become the Interim CFO on 17 March 2020 
following the departure of Andrew Hayward. Andy then reverted to his role as NED on 1 January 2021 
upon the appointment of Graeme Campbell as CFO. 

Remuneration & Corporate Social Responsibility 
Committee

The Board has appointed a Remuneration Committee (the 
Committee) which is chaired by Joanne Lake (Independent 
NED), and comprises Sir Nigel Knowles (Senior 
Independent NED) and Stephen Karle (Chairman). Dave 
Belmont (Company Secretary) also attends all meetings.

The Committee was established as a direct consequence 
of the Company’s successful listing on the AIM Market in 
May 2016.

The terms of reference for the Committee are available 
online at www.morsesclubplc.com. The Committee has 
studied Section B of the Best Practice provisions annexed 
to the Listing Rules of the UK Listing Authority and has 
voluntarily disclosed the information given below.

This Committee’s principal function is to determine the 
Company’s policy on executive remuneration. No Director 
plays any part in formal decisions about their own 
remuneration. The HR & Communications Director and 
Chief Financial Officer provide relevant updates on 
financial and general Company remuneration matters as 
invited individuals only. The Committee meets periodically 
when it has proposals to consider – generally three times a 
year. In any event, the Committee would meet no less than 
twice a year.

The Committee’s policy aims primarily to attract, retain 
and motivate high-calibre individuals via a competitive 
remuneration package designed to suit the market, taking 
account of regulatory requirements and the need to 
create an appropriate mix between fixed and variable 
rewards (both short and long term) for Directors. 
Executives’ remuneration comprises basic salary, 
performance-related bonus, pension benefits, other 
benefits in kind and a deferred share plan granted 
pursuant to the Morses Club PLC Group.

This Remuneration Report is due for approval at the 
Annual General Meeting on 22 June 2021. Remuneration 
proposals are supported by external benchmarking to 

determine external market trends and to ensure that 
Director remuneration is proportionate and in line with 
individual and business performance.

Executive remuneration policy

As the organisation continues to grow and develop, we 
expect that the remuneration policy will be reviewed. 
However, the Executive team and the Committee continue 
to be committed to continued diligence in setting executive 
remuneration to ensure market relevance, and the delivery 
of shareholder value as well as continuing to embed the 
Company’s strategy.

Executive remuneration continues to be balanced against 
the remuneration of the rest of the organisation. Our 
remuneration policy is underpinned by core principles as 
outlined below.
•  Remuneration is determined within the Company’s risk 
appetite, and is subject to oversight and approval by 
the Remuneration Committee.

•  Key FCA principles, including the principles of Treating 

Customers Fairly apply throughout. Although all 
employees should contribute towards a commercial 
result, remuneration is designed to drive a ‘balanced 
scorecard’ approach, based on responsible lending 
principles and outstanding individual performance. 
Delivery of good customer outcomes is central to the 
Company’s remuneration approach.

•  Remuneration structures will be developed in line with 
the appropriate regulatory environment, including the 
SMCR and the Company’s values.

•  A blend of short-term and long-term incentives will 

support the long-term security of the Company and its 
employees.

•  For key roles, remuneration will take account of pay 
structures in the external market. Remuneration 
structures will reflect the size and the scope of any 
given role.

•  Remuneration will be driven by Company as well as 

individual performance, with a foundation of fairness 
and ability to pay.

•  We will communicate policies clearly and in a timely 

manner.

68

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Business context and Committee decisions on remuneration

The Company successfully listed on AIM in May 2016. As detailed in the report, key elements of the Company’s business 
strategy with regard to technology and acquisitions have been delivered. The Company has undergone a transformation 
in the HCC division, with a large increase in the levels of remote lending and collections due to restrictions imposed by the 
Covid-19 pandemic. The HCC division was able to restart lending to its existing customers from April 2020, and 
subsequently to new customers from July 2020. The Digital division has made excellent progress in developing 
foundations upon which to build in future years.

Directors’ remuneration

Base  
Salary

Allowance  
and Benefits

 Pension 
Contribution

Bonus

Deferred  
Share Plan

Expenses

Total  
Remuneration

Total  
Fixed Pay

Total  
Variable Pay

Name

Role

2021
£

2020
£

2021
£

2020
£

2021
£

2020
£

2021
£

2020
£

2021
£

2020
£

2021
£

2020
£

2021
£

2020
£

2021
£

2020
£

2021
£

2020
£

Paul  

Smith1

CEO 302,940 301,950 18,813  34,513 17,040 14,603

– 155,925 140,483

77,306 3,313 21,702  482,589 

605,999 338,793 351,066 143,796 254,933

Andrew  

CFO 106,449 121,551

4,406 28,206

1,108

5,542

–

–

–

–

459 4,143  112,422 

159,442 111,963 155,299

459

4,143

Hayward2

Andy  

CFO 170,984

82,468

7,588

5,724 12,033

5,313

– 119,543 107,699

56,776

1517 2,227  299,821 

272,051 190,605

93,505 109,216 178,546

Thomson3

Graeme  

CFO 36,667

Campbell5

–

2,000

–

1,833

–

–

–

–

–

–

–  40,500 

–

40,500

–

–

–

Total

617,040 505,969 32,807 68,443 32,014 25,458

– 275,468  248,182  134,082 5,289 28,072 935,332 1,037,492 681,861 599,870 253,471 437,622

Non-Executive Directors

Name

Role

2021
£

2020
£

2021
£

2020
£

2021
£

2020
£

2021
£

2020
£

2021
£

2020
£

2021
£

2020
£

Base 
 Salary

Allowance  
and Benefits

Expenses

Total  
Remuneration

Total  
Fixed Pay

Total  
Variable Pay

Stephen Karle Chairman

120,000

120,000

–

–

Sir Nigel 

Knowles

Senior 

Independent 
NED

50,000

50,000

7,500

7,500

583

333

4,754

120,583

124,754

120,000

120,000

1,318

57,833

58,818

57,500

57,500

583

333

4,754

1,318

Joanne Lake NED, Chair of 

50,000

50,000

7,500

7,500

–

–

57,500

57,500

57,500

57,500

–

–

Remuneration 
Committee and  
Interim Chair of 
Audit and Risk 
& Compliance 
Committees

Peter Ward

NED

50,000

50,000

–

–

1,015

1,557

51,015

51,557

50,000

50,000

1,015

1,557

Baroness 

Simone Finn6

NED  and Chair of 
Audit and Risk 
& Compliance 
Committees

Andy 

NED

Thomson3,4

Les Easson7 NED

Patrick  

Storey8

Total

NED  and Chair of 
Audit and Risk 
& Compliance 
Committees

47,756

41,090

9,551

8,218

–

2,514

57,307

51,822

57,307

49,308

–

2,514

12,500

33,333

50,000

25,000

–

8,910

–

–

–

–

–

2,673

–

–

–

31

12,500

33,364

12,500

33,333

761

591

50,000

25,761

50,000

25,000

–

12,174

–

11,583

–

–

–

31

761

591

380,256

378,333

24,551

25,891

1,931

11,526

406,738

415,750

404,807

404,224

1,931

11,526

1  P Smith is the highest paid Director.
2  A Hayward was appointed as CFO on 1 July 2019 and resigned on 16 March 2020. His base salary for 2021 of £106,449 includes £90,615 notice pay.
3  A Thomson stepped down as a NED on 17 March 2020 and became CFO on the same date.
4  A Thomson stepped down as CFO on 1 January 2021 and became a NED on the same date.
5  G Campbell was appointed as CFO on 1 January 2021.
6  S Finn was appointed as a NED on 5 May 2019 and resigned on 12 February 2021.
7  L Easson was appointed as a NED on 1 September 2019 and resigned on 17 March 2021.
8   P Storey stepped down as a NED on 4 May 2019.

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

69

Directors’ remuneration policy

Service contracts
All Executive Directors were reissued with a revised service contract as part of the arrangements for the IPO. Service 
contracts cover a continuous period (ie, not a fixed term) and a notice period of six months applies to both the Company 
and to individuals. There are no compensation payments for loss of office.

Letters of appointment
Non-Executive Directors do not have service contracts but are appointed under letters of appointment which have been 
updated in line with the requirements of the Senior Manager & Certification Regime.

The appointments are for three years but they are subject to annual re-election. All new appointments would be made 
following recommendations by the Nominations & Succession Committee. No compensation is payable in the event of 
early termination except during the notice period.

Allowances and benefits
Taxable benefits received in the period include company cars or car allowances, fuel allowances and private medical 
insurance. These apply to Directors only. The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors do not receive any allowances or 
benefits.

Life assurance
In line with all employees, Executive Directors are entitled to life assurance equivalent to four years’ salary.

Holidays
Executive Directors are entitled to 30 days’ paid holiday in addition to UK public bank holidays. The holiday year runs 
from January to December. In addition, Directors can purchase an additional 10 days’ holiday in each calendar year.

Pension
Executive Directors are enrolled into the Company pension scheme. Personal contributions are matched by the Company 
up to a maximum of 7%. This level of Company contribution is the same for all employees and Directors, and therefore 
complies with Provision 38 of the 2018 Corporate Governance Code recommendations regarding executive pensions.

Annual bonus
The annual bonus is the value of the bonus earned within the year and can be up to 100% of salary, based on the 
performance conditions outlined below. Any earned bonus is payable in August following the year end in February, 
conditional on independent audit and confirmation by the Committee.

No bonus was paid to the Directors in the year ended 27 February 2021.

Performance bonus conditions 
The performance bonus is payable if the Executive Director has delivered key objectives, including targeted adjusted 
profit before tax1, promoting good-quality customer outcomes (ie, Treating Customers Fairly), maintenance of headline 
customer satisfaction score and completing key strategic projects and acquisitions, all underpinned by regulatory 
compliance.

1  Definitions are set out in the Glossary of Alternative Performance Measures on pages 138 to 141.

70

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Deferred share plan (this section is subject to audit)

Executive Directors may participate in a deferred share plan, a three-year plan (commencing 2016/17) awarded through 
an annual deed of grant, subject to the discretion of the Remuneration Committee. There have been no variations to the 
terms and conditions or performance criteria for share options during the financial year. Awards under the Deferred 
Share Plan (DSP) may be in the form of:
•  A conditional right to acquire Ordinary Shares at no cost to the participant, or an option to acquire Ordinary Shares 
at no cost to the participant or a right to receive a cash amount relating to the value of a certain number of notional 
Ordinary Shares.

•  Share awards will be subject to performance conditions which are: delivery of targeted adjusted profit before tax1, 

total shareholder return (measured over a period of one year’s satisfactory audits), compliance training, and 
individual executive performance.

•  Awards will be granted on an annual basis.
•  Awards will vest on the third anniversary following the grant date (unless determined otherwise by the Remuneration 

Committee). Awards will lapse should an individual leave employment and are not transferable.

2018/19 Award
The table below details the maximum earnings from the deferred share plan in 2018/19. The share price at the date of 
the award was £1.54.

Name

Paul Smith
Andy Thomson

Role

CEO
CFO

Percentage 
of Salary

100
100

Share 
Award

213,400
163,600

2019/20 Award
No shares were awarded for 2019/20 since the TSR performance condition measure was not met.

2020/21 Award
The table below details the maximum earnings from the deferred share plan in 2020/21. The issue price of the shares 
was £0.622.

Name

Paul Smith
Andy Thomson
Graeme Campbell

Role

CEO
Interim CFO
CFO

Percentage of 
Salary

100
100 pro rata 
100 pro rata

Share Award

222,162
120,744
53,779

1  Definitions are set out in the Glossary of Alternative Performance Measures on pages 138 to 141.
2  The Committee was unwilling to offer a share award to the Executives based on the reduced share price as at May 2020. The award was therefore 

granted using a deemed share price of £1.36 which was the average share price for the awards in the previous four years.

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

71

2017 vesting
The Committee confirmed that the performance conditions for the 2017 scheme were satisfied and the awards due 
vested in January 2021. The vesting was delayed pending the announcement of the Company’s final FY20 results and 
the 2021 interim results in late November and December 2020 respectively. The CEO exercised only that element of the 
option to satisfy HMRC obligations (sell to cover). 

In addition, Andy Thomson and Les Easson, who were both Executives at the time that the award was granted in  
May 2017 also exercised only that element of their options to satisfy HMRC obligations. No further shares have been 
exercised.

Name

Paul Smith
Andy Thomson
Les Easson

Role

CEO
NED
NED

Directors’ shareholdings

Shares Vested

239,732
183,787
137,615

Sell to  
Cover

(115,071)
(88,217)
(66,055)

Shares 
Retained

124,661
95,950
71,560

The table below details the shareholdings and other share interests of the Directors as at 27 February 2021.

Name

Paul Smith
Graeme Campbell
Andy Thomson
Stephen Karle
Peter Ward
Les Easson1
Sir Nigel Knowles
Joanne Lake

Role

CEO
CFO
NED
Chairman
NED
NED
Ind NED
Ind NED

Ordinary 
Shares

Percentage 
Shareholding

579,074
40,000
3,229,691
227,991
400,000
156,221
55,148
23,148

0.44
0.03
2.44
0.18
0.31
0.12
0.04
0.02

1  Les Easson holds an interest through Hay Wain Ltd and subsequently resigned on 17 March 2021. 

All employee remuneration

In setting the remuneration policy for Directors, the pay and conditions of other employees are considered along with 
any increases in salary. The Committee is provided with data on the remuneration structure for those management level 
tiers below the Executive Directors; it uses this information to ensure a consistent approach to remuneration throughout 
the Company.

There is no formal consultation with employees regarding the remuneration of Executive Directors.

All Morses Club employees have the opportunity to participate in our key benefits such as life assurance, private health 
and the Company pension scheme.

The Company issues shares to Morses Club employees under the framework of the approved employee share option
scheme. No employee shares were awarded in FY21, as the performance conditions in FY20 were not met.

72

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Changes in Directors’ pay in relation to all employees

The table below shows the percentage change in remuneration of the Directors and employees of the Group between 
the 2020 and 2021 financial years.

Employees1,2

Executive Directors

Paul Smith3

Andrew Hayward4

Andy Thomson5

Graeme Campbell6

Non-Executive Directors

Stephen Karle

Sir Nigel Knowles

Joanne Lake

Peter Ward

Simone Finn7

Andy Thomson5

Leslie Easson8

Salary or  
Base Fee

3% 

Benefits

(8)% 

1%

N/A

108%

N/A

0%

0%

0%

0%

19%

(62)%

100%

(61)%

N/A

15%

N/A

(88)%

(75)%

0%

(35)%

(100)%

(100)%

(100)%

Bonus3

(69)%

(40)%

N/A

(39)%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

1 

 The strict legal requirement is to only provide details of employees of Morses Cub PLC, so we have decided to voluntarily disclose in respect of all Group 
employees.

2  Note that calculation is on a FTE basis.
3  No annual performance bonuses were paid in 2021.
4  A Hayward was appointed as CFO on 1 July 2019 and resigned on 16 March 2020.
5 

 A Thomson stepped down as a NED on 17 March 2020 and became CFO on the same date. On 1 January 2021, he stepped down as CFO and became a 
NED on the same date. The increase in his salary as an Executive Director was primarily caused by the additional period worked compared to 2020. The 
decrease in his salary as a Non-Executive Director was caused by the related reduction in the period worked compared to 2020.

6  G Campbell was appointed as CFO on 1 January 2021.
7 

 S Finn was appointed as a NED on 5 May 2019 and resigned on 12 February 2021. The increase in her fee as a Non-Executive Director was solely the 
result of the additional period worked compared to 2020.
 L Easson was appointed as a NED on 1 September 2019 and resigned on 17 March 2021. The increase in his fee as a Non-Executive Director was solely 
the result of the additional period worked compared to 2020.

8 

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

73

CEO pay ratio
We have detailed the CEO pay ratio below.

The updated CEO pay ratios which now include the value of shares vested in the period are:

FY21

Percentile

25th
Median
75th

FY20

Percentile

25th
Median
75th

Value CEO Pay Ratio

£28,915.15
£32,521.68
£42,067.51

17:1
15:1
11:1

Value CEO Pay Ratio

£26,715.78
£32,734.00
£41,702.56

31:1
25:1
20:1

The variation from the ratio in FY20 is due to the absence of any bonus payments during the year.

Relative importance of spend on pay

The total pay (including performance bonuses) for all Morses Club PLC employees for FY21 is £22,599,004 compared to
£20,325,025 for FY20. The total pay for Shelby Finance Limited for FY21 is £5,293,110 (FY20: £6,753,487).

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)

Due to Covid-19 restrictions, the Company has run a limited CSR programme during FY21. Staff raised more than 
£7,500 for a local hospice by taking part in a virtual sponsored 10k event, and the Company donated 50 surplus monitors 
and other IT equipment to a local college, as well as small charitable donations for other local causes.

Joanne Lake
Chair – Remuneration & Corporate Social Responsibility Committee
13 May 2021

Disclosure Committee

74

Disclosure Committee

The Company is required to make timely and accurate disclosure of 
all information required to meet the legal and regulatory obligations 
and requirements arising from its listing on the London Stock 
Exchange under the Market Abuse Regulations (MAR).

COMMITTEE MEMBERS

Stephen Karle (Chairman)

The Disclosure Committee exists to help the Company meet these 
requirements. The Committee’s responsibilities include determining 
the timely disclosure of material information, and assisting in the 
design, implementation and periodic evaluation of disclosure controls 
and procedures.

Sir Nigel Knowles

Joanne Lake

Baroness Simone Finn (resigned  

12 February 2021)

Peter Ward

Andy Thomson

Les Easson (resigned 17 March 2021)

Paul Smith (CEO)

Graeme Campbell (CFO) (from 1 

January 2021)

Although AIM-listed companies are no longer required to maintain 
insider lists, there is still an obligation to take all reasonable steps to 
ensure that people with access to inside information acknowledge 
their legal and regulatory duties, and a company must be able to 
provide the FCA with an insider list, upon request. In practice, this 
means Morses Club has chosen to retain an up-to-date insiders’ list.

During the year, the Board sought advice from its Nomad as to 
whether the Company had a disclosure obligation either under MAR 
or the AIM Rules. It was confirmed that there was no such obligation 
at the time.

The Risk & Compliance Committee, the Audit Committee, and 
ultimately the Board itself were all heavily involved in discussions  
and the continuing disclosures regarding Covid-19. The Disclosure 
Committee did not therefore believe it was appropriate to duplicate 
this effort.

The Committee held one meeting during the year.

Approval

On behalf of the Disclosure Committee

Stephen Karle
Chairman
13 May 2021

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

Directors’ Report

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

75

Directors’ Report

The Directors present their report and audited 
consolidated financial statements for the year 
ended 27 February 2021 and up to the date of 
signing the financial statements.

The Corporate Governance Statement set out on pages 46 to 74 forms part of this report.

Information about the use of financial instruments by the Company and its subsidiaries is given in Note 26 to the 
financial statements.

DIRECTORS

The Directors of the Company who served during the year ended 27 February 2021, and up to the date of this report, are:

Stephen Karle Non-Executive Chairman

Sir Nigel Knowles Senior Independent Director

Joanne Lake Independent Non-Executive Director

Peter Ward Non-Executive Director

Paul Smith Chief Executive Officer

Andrew Hayward Chief Financial Officer until 16 March 2020

Andy Thomson Non-Executive Director until 17 March 2020; Interim Chief Financial Officer from 17 March to  

31 December 2020; Non-Executive Director since 1 January 2021

Baroness Simone Finn Independent Non-Executive Director until 12 February 2021

Les Easson Non-Executive Director until 17 March 2021

Graeme Campbell Chief Financial Officer from 1 January 2021

Sheryl Lawrence Independent Non-Executive Director from 1 May 2021

Michael Yeates Independent Non-Executive Director from 1 May 2021

Gary Marshall Executive Director (Chief Operating Officer) from 1 May 2021

Details of the remuneration, service agreements and interests in the share capital of the Company of the Directors are 
given in the Remuneration Report on pages 67 to 73.

Biographical details of the current Directors are given on pages 41 to 43. As recommended by the July 2018 edition  
of the UK Corporate Governance Code, all continuing Directors stand for re-election at the Company’s Annual  
General Meetings.

76

Directors’ Report continued

Dividend

Information contained in other sections

The Directors have a general policy of assessing dividend 
payments in the context of consolidation opportunities, 
new product investment requirements and the broader 
growth strategy of the Company. Under normal 
circumstances, the Board intends to distribute between 
50% and 60% of adjusted earnings after tax to 
shareholders as dividends.

In due course, the Board may also consider increasing the 
dividend payout ratio should the funding structure of the 
Company enable an increase in gearing and/or the 
Company finds itself with surplus cash over and above its 
investment opportunities. 

On at least an annual basis, and before proposing a 
dividend payout, the Directors will assess the Company’s 
going concern assumptions through a detailed review of 
the future capital and liquidity requirements that support 
longer-term strategic plans. This assessment ensures that 
the Company will be able to continue in operation and 
meet the needs of its shareholders and other stakeholders, 
beyond a proposed dividend payout. Further details of this 
review can be found in the Viability statement on page 31.

Following detailed reviews of the performance of the 
business and its working capital requirements, and taking 
into consideration that the Group has not furloughed any 
staff, deferred any liabilities to HMRC or taken advantage 
of any government-backed loan scheme during the 
Covid-19 pandemic, the Board has concluded that it is able 
to make a final dividend payment. Therefore, subject to 
shareholder approval at the Annual General Meeting on 
22 June 2021, the Board proposes to pay a final dividend 
of 2.0p per Ordinary Share payable on 30 July 2021 to 
Shareholders on the register at close of business on 2 July 
2021. This would represent a total dividend of 3.0p per 
Ordinary Share for 2021 (2020: 3.6p).

The Company’s principal risks and uncertainties, together 
with any emerging risks, that are required to be included 
within the Report of the Directors, can be found within the 
Strategic Report on pages 27 to 31.

The Company’s environmental policies and actions are 
contained in the Strategic Report on page 37.

Anti-bribery and corruption

The corporate policies reflect the requirements of the 
Bribery Act and a corporate hospitality register is 
maintained using a risk-based approach. Although the 
risks for the Group arising from the Bribery Act 2010 
continue to be assessed as low, all parts of the business 
are required to undergo appropriate training and 
instruction to ensure that they have effective anti-bribery 
and corruption policies and procedures in place. Every 
staff member receives regular and relevant training on 
bribery and corruption using the Company’s internal 
training system. Compliance is regularly monitored by the 
Executive Risk Committee and is subject to periodic review 
by the Group’s Internal Audit function.

Whistle-blowing

The Company has a very robust whistle-blowing policy 
and procedures. The Board monitors this on a regular 
basis through reports from the Risk & Compliance 
Committee. The Company has consistently highlighted to 
its staff the FCA’s whistle-blowing hotline as well as 
providing both an internal contact telephone number and 
email address, together with the contact details of one of 
our Independent Non-Executive Directors. The subject is 
included in online training courses which are mandatory 
for staff to complete and is also featured on staff 
screensavers and the staff intranet.

Capital structure

Directors’ and officers’ insurance

Details of the authorised and issued share capital, together 
with details of any movements in the Company’s issued 
share capital during the year, are shown in Note 22.

As at 27 February 2021, the Company had  
132,530,539 Ordinary Shares of 1 pence each in issue 
(2020: 131,244,444).

The Company has throughout the year maintained 
directors’ and officers’ insurance for the benefit of the 
Company, the Directors and its officers. The Company also 
provides qualifying third-party indemnity arrangements 
for the benefit of all of its Directors in a form and a scope 
which comply with the requirements of the Companies 
Act 2006.

The Company’s issued Ordinary Share capital comprises a 
single class of Ordinary Shares which carry no right to 
fixed income. The rights attached to the Ordinary Shares 
are set out in the Articles of Association. Each share 
carries the right to one vote at general meetings of  
the Company.

With regard to the appointment and replacement of 
Directors, the Company is governed by its Articles of 
Association, the Companies Act and related legislation. 
The Articles themselves may be amended by special 
resolution of the shareholders. The powers of Directors are 
described in the Main Board terms of reference, copies of 
which are available on request, and the Corporate 
Governance Statement on pages 46 and 47.

Employees

It is our policy to make adequate provision for the 
wellbeing, health and safety of our employees and 
self-employed agents. We are committed to offering  
equal opportunities for all employees, irrespective of age, 
gender, ethnicity, race, religion, belief, sexual orientation, 
disability, marital status and civil partnership. All 
employees are treated fairly and equally.

Morses Club treats applications for employment from 
disabled persons in the same way as those from  
non-disabled applicants and selects on the basis of 
individual ability, experience and role requirements.  
Where existing employees become disabled, we 
endeavour to offer them continuing suitable work within 
the Company, offering retraining where necessary.

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

77

We encourage our employees to engage with the 
development of our organisation. To promote this, the 
Chief Executive Officer and the Executive team publish 
regular updates on important or topical issues and 
highlight these via Teams meetings, informal briefings, 
videos and our intranet.

functional representatives, removing field representatives 
and introducing new channels including regular employee 
surveys, Teams channels and other feedback mechanisms 
to ensure everyone is involved. At the time of writing, all 
employees continue to work from home, in accordance 
with government guidelines.

The Company uses an online Learning Management 
System (LMS) to train and assess all employees and it can 
be easily accessed from any location, including at home. 
Everything from induction programmes, regulatory 
training modules and management development 
programmes are available on the LMS.

All employees and self-employed agents undertake 
monthly regulatory training modules. These monthly 
modules are compulsory for all and completion is 
monitored and reported at Board level. This ongoing 
training and assessment cycle ensures that our employees 
have the necessary skills to work in this highly regulated 
industry, providing great customer service and treating 
customers fairly. This has continued uninterrupted 
throughout the pandemic. 

Morses Club provides development programmes that are 
endorsed by the Institute of Leadership & Management 
(ILM), the UK’s leading provider of leadership, coaching 
and management qualifications and training. These 
programmes are designed around each role and relate to 
work-based activities designed to improve a manager’s 
skills and assist with career progression. The online 
programme consists of six courses with a work-based 
project and assessment. There are 21 employees currently 
on the programme and a further seven employees who 
have already successfully completed it.

During the year, the two Company training teams (Morses 
Club and Shelby) were merged into a single Group 
function. This has allowed us to share management 
development programmes and resources to provide a 
consistent approach to development for employees across 
the Group.

The majority of employees wanted a holiday purchase 
scheme whereby they can buy or sell their holidays. As a 
result, a holiday purchase scheme was launched to all 
employees for the 2020 holiday year.

The Company offers a defined contribution pension 
scheme, matching employee contributions up to a 
maximum of 7% of salary.

The Company has had a Health & Safety Committee for 
many years. Its monthly reports are reviewed at each 
Board meeting. Prior to Covid-19, the Health & Safety 
Committee contained a significant number of 
representatives from our HCC field network. During 
lockdown, with everyone working remotely, these 
representatives did not come into contact with other 
employees on a daily basis. In order to keep in touch with 
all employees who are currently working from home, we 
have reconstituted the Committee, keeping a core of key 

Employee Share Schemes

The Group first introduced an unapproved share option 
scheme on 19 October 2017 and awarded share options  
to all of its employees who had been employed for a 
minimum of 12 months at 1 October 2017. These shares 
vested in January 2021, following the announcement of 
the Company’s final FY20 and interim FY21 results in 
November 2020 and December 2020 respectively, and 
participants were able to purchase their Morses Club 
shares at the nominal price of 1p each.

In February 2018, Hay Wain Group Limited ceased to be a 
majority shareholder of the Company, and as a result, the 
Company was permitted to implement an HMRC tax 
advantaged plan for the first time. In November 2018, the 
Company created a new Share Incentive Plan (the SIP).  
In late 2019, the SIP was presented with an award in the 
<500 employees category by ProShare, the voice of the 
employee share ownership industry in the UK. In December 
2018 and 2019, all eligible employees applied to 
participate in the SIP and have each been given shares in 
the Company representing approximately 3.25% of their 
salary (based on the average share price during the few 
days prior to the award). 

The free SIP shares are held in trust for a minimum holding 
period of three years, and employees who participate will 
lose their award if they resign or are dismissed from their 
employment during this three-year period.

During the time that the shares are held in the Trust, 
employees are able to vote at the AGM and receive 
dividends, so giving them a real stake in the business in 
which they work.

Regrettably, due to the Company failing to meet its profit 
targets in FY20, no award was made to employees in 
December 2020. However, providing the Company 
achieves its profitability targets, the Group intends to 
continue to award shares under the SIP to its employees 
annually in future years.

Employee engagement

The Directors regard employee involvement as essential to 
the healthy development of the business.

Since the Company’s IPO in May 2016, the Company’s 
objective has been clear and resolute – to ensure that as 
many Morses Club employees hold shares as possible.

Following the share awards described above, 100% of the 
Company’s employees who were employed prior to 
October 2018 hold shares under the Share Incentive Plan.

78

Directors’ Report continued

Energy efficiency action
During the financial period, the organisation has reduced 
its property estate from c. 90 properties to one, which  
has had a direct impact on energy impact and usage. 
Reduced travel has also resulted in a significant reduction 
in carbon emissions.

Substantial interests in shares 

As at 28 April 2021, the Company has been notified of the 
following substantial interests of 3% or more in its Ordinary 
Shares:

Hay Wain Group

Premier Miton Investors

Number of 
Shares

% Issued 
Capital

47,683,640

35.98

16,558,127

12.49

Artemis Investment Management

11,213,960

Amati Global Investors

J O Hambro Capital Management

9,554,948

9,527,666

Hargreaves Lansdown Stockbrokers

5,355,073

Janus Henderson Investors

5,331,310

8.46

7.21

7.19

4.04

4.02

Relationship with our controlling shareholder

As a result of the IPO on 5 May 2016, the shareholding of 
the controlling shareholder in the Company, Hay Wain 
Group Limited, reduced from 100% to 51%.

On 21 February 2018, Hay Wain Group Limited sold 14.2% 
of the shares in the Company and at 27 February 2021 
continues to hold 35.99% of the shares in the Company.

Hay Wain Group Limited has entered into a relationship 
agreement which contains provisions to ensure that, inter 
alia, there is no interference with the independent 
operation of the Board and that the Company’s 
transactions with Hay Wain Group Limited are effected at 
arm’s length and on a normal commercial basis.

Hay Wain Group Limited can, subject to applicable laws 
and regulation, appoint one Director to the Board for as 
long as it holds more than 20% of the rights to vote at a 
General Meeting of the Company. The Director appointed 
under this right is Peter Ward. The Board confirms that, 
since the admission of the Company’s shares on to AIM, 
the Company has complied with the independence 
provisions included in the relationship agreement and that, 
so far as the Company is aware, Hay Wain Group Limited 
and its associates have also complied with such provisions.

The Company has also introduced Perkbox to all of its 
employees which provides access to hundreds of perks 
and discounts.

Under the 2018 Corporate Governance Code, the Board  
is expected to engage with the workforce using one or a 
combination of the following three methods:
•  A Director appointed from the workforce.
•  A formal workforce advisory panel.
•  A designated Non-Executive Director.

After considering the options, the Board unanimously 
appointed Les Easson as the Company’s Designated 
Director responsible for employee engagement, with 
effect from January 2020. As Operations Director for 
many years, Les had been responsible for engaging with, 
and motivating, the large Operations team, and is 
therefore the ideal person to fulfil this role. On 17 March 
2021, Les resigned as a Director and the Nominations & 
Succession Committee has started the task of selecting a 
replacement. As a result, the Company will not comply with 
the Code until a replacement Designated Director is 
appointed.

Energy and carbon reporting

FY21 is the first year we are required to report under  
the Streamlined Energy & Carbon Reporting (SECR) 
framework. The Company has gathered data regarding 
scope 1 and scope 2 carbon emissions (as defined  
by the GHG Protocol) for the financial year spanning 
1 March 2020 to 27 February 2021.

Emissions and energy usage

Emissions source

Scope 1 (tCO2e) Natural gas

Fuel for transport 

purposes

2020- 
2021

26

2019-
2020

117

309

1,216

335

1,333

Total Scope 1 

(tCO2e)

Total Scope 2 

(tCO2e)

Intensity ratio 
– tCO2e per 
number of 
employees

Electricity

70

121

0.74

2.53

Methodology
The organisation has taken guidance from the UK 
Government Environmental Reporting Guidelines  
(March 2019), the GHG Reporting Protocol – Corporate 
Standard, and from the UK Government GHG Conversion 
Factors for Company Reporting document for calculating 
carbon emissions. 

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

79

Political donations

Our auditor

The Company made no political donations in 2021  
(2020: £nil).

Post balance sheet events 

On 1 May 2021, the Company appointed Sheryl Lawrence 
and Michael Yeates as Independent Non-Executive 
Directors, and its COO, Gary Marshall, as an Executive 
Director.

Funding

During the period we extended our loan facility with the 
incumbent lender consortium to December 2021, reducing 
the facility limit to £40m. In May 2021 we successfully 
reached agreement with a new two lender consortium,  
for a more cost efficient and slightly lower £35m facility, 
extended to December 2022.

The new facility limit was reduced from £40m to £35m to 
better match the needs of the business post Covid-19. The 
new facility also unlocks access to funding for our Dot Dot 
loan products in addition to ongoing support of our HCC 
products. By reducing the facility, non-utilisation charges 
for any given level of borrowing will be reduced and 
therefore the overall cost of funding.

Disclosure of information to the auditor

Deloitte LLP has expressed its willingness to continue in 
office as auditor and a resolution will be proposed at the 
Annual General Meeting to reappoint Deloitte LLP as the 
Company’s auditor and to give the Directors the authority 
to determine the auditor’s remuneration. 

Notice of Annual General Meeting

The notice convening the Annual General Meeting to be 
held virtually on 22 June 2021, together with an 
explanation of the resolutions to be proposed at the 
meeting, is contained on the Company’s website at 
www.morsesclubplc.com/investors. Shareholders may  
join the AGM by contacting the Company in advance at 
investors@morsesclubplc.com.

By order of the Board

Dave Belmont 
Company Secretary 
13 May 2021

The Directors confirm that:
• 

• 

so far as each Director is aware, the auditor is aware of 
all relevant audit information; and
the Directors have taken all necessary steps that they 
ought to have taken as Directors in order to make 
themselves aware of any relevant audit information, 
and to establish that the auditor is aware of that 
information.

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in 
accordance with the provisions of s418 of the Companies 
Act 2006.

Directors’ Responsibilities

80

Directors’ Responsibilities

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual 
Report and the financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the directors to prepare financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law the 
directors are required to prepare the group financial 
statements in accordance with international accounting 
standards in conformity with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006. Under company law, the Directors 
must not approve the accounts unless they are satisfied 
that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs  
of the Company and of the profit or loss of the Company 
for that period. In preparing these financial statements, 
International Accounting Standard 1 requires that 
Directors:
•  properly select and apply accounting policies;
•  present information, including accounting policies, in  

a manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable 
and understandable information;

•  provide additional disclosures when compliance with 
the specific requirements in IFRS are insufficient to 
enable users to understand the impact of particular 
transactions, other events and conditions on the 
entity’s financial position and financial  
performance; and

•  make an assessment of the Company’s ability  

to continue as a going concern.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain 
the Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable 
accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company 
and enable them to ensure that the financial statements 
comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are also 
responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company 
and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention 
and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance  
and integrity of the corporate and financial information 
included on the Company’s website. Legislation in  
the United Kingdom governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements may differ  
from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Directors’ responsibility statement

We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:
a)   the financial statements, prepared in accordance  

with International Financial Reporting Standards as 
adopted by the European Union, give a true and fair 
view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and 
profit or loss of the Company and the undertakings 
included in the consolidation taken as a whole;
b)   the Strategic Report includes a fair review of the 

development and performance of the business and the 
position of the Company and the undertakings included 
in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with  
a description of the principal risks and uncertainties 
that they face; and
 the Annual Report and financial statements, taken as  
a whole, are fair, balanced and understandable and 
provide the information necessary for shareholders  
to assess the Company’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy.

c) 

This responsibility statement was approved by the Board 
of Directors on 13 May 2021 and is signed on its  
behalf by:

Paul Smith
Director
13 May 2021

Graeme Campbell
Director
13 May 2021

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

 
Financial Statements

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

81

Financial 
Statements

82 
93 
94 
95 
96 
97 
99 
142 

Independent Auditor’s Report
Consolidated Income Statement
Balance Sheet
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity
Cash Flow Statements
Notes to the Consolidated Cash Flow Statements
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Morses Club PLC Information for Shareholders

Independent Auditor’s Report

82

Independent Auditor’s Report
To the Members of Morses Club PLC

Report on the audit of the financial statements

1.  Opinion
In our opinion the financial statements of Morses Club PLC (the ‘parent company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘group’):
•  give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 27 February 2021 and 

of the group’s profit for the year then ended;

•  have been properly prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with the 

requirements of the Companies Act 2006; and

•  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements which comprise:
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

the consolidated income statement;
the consolidated and parent company balance sheet;
the consolidated and parent company statement of changes in equity;
the consolidated and parent company cash flow statements; and
the related notes 1 to 31.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and international 
accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

2.  Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities under those standards are further described in the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements section of our report. 

We are independent of the group and the parent company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant 
to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the Financial Reporting Council’s (the ‘FRC’s’) Ethical 
Standard as applied to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these 
requirements. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021

C_GEN_PageL2C_GEN SectionStrategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

83

3.  Summary of our audit approach

Key audit
matters

The key audit matters that we identified in the current year were:
Going concern;
Loan impairment provisions;
Revenue recognition; 
Impairment of goodwill; and
Contingent liability.

Within this report, key audit matters are identified as follows:

Newly identified

Increased level of risk

Similar level of risk

Decreased level of risk

Materiality

The materiality that we used for the group financial statements was £724,000 which was determined 
on the basis of 1% net assets.

Scoping

The group is made up of Morses Club PLC which is the main trading entity and its four subsidiaries  
being Shopacheck Financial Services Limited, Shelby Finance Limited, U Holdings Limited and 
U Accounts Limited.

Our full audit scope covered 100% of revenue, 100% of profit before tax and 100% of net assets across  
the group.

Significant 
changes in our 
approach

We have expanded our key audit matter around loan impairment provisioning and revenue recognition 
to include cohort weightings as management’s methodology has changed since prior year; in previous 
years management weighted each annual cohort of data equally (20%) however in FY21 cohort 
weightings have been applied to give prominence (60%) to the most recent 2019 cohort, encapsulating 
the Covid-19 performance of the loan book, and 10% for each of the four previous cohorts.

Due to the noticeable increase in complaints raised by Claims Management Companies (“CMC’s”) 
within both the company and the wider home collect credit industry, we have identified a new key audit 
matter around the consequent impact of the volume of complaints on the group’s contingent liabilities. 

4.  Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting 
in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.

Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group’s and parent company’s ability to continue to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting is discussed in section 5.1. 

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions 
that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the group’s and parent company’s ability to continue as a 
going concern for a period of at least twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

In relation to the reporting on how the group has applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material 
to add or draw attention to in relation to the directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether the directors 
considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant 
sections of this report.

5.  Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the 
financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement 
(whether or not due to fraud) that we identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the 
overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our 
opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section84

Independent Auditor’s Report continued

5.1. Going concern 

Key audit  
matter 
description

The ongoing uncertainty surrounding the impact of Covid-19 and the continuing attention of regulators 
and CMC’s on the home collect credit sector, has continued to increase the complexity associated with 
the Directors’ assessment of the group’s and company’s ability to continue as a going concern over  
a period of at least 12 months from the date of approval of the financial statements. In addition,  
there is an increased risk associated with the appropriateness of disclosures over the going concern 
assessment in light of an enhanced focus from CMC’s on the home collect credit sector.

How the scope 
of our audit 
responded to 
the key audit 
matter

In making their assessment, the Directors consider that the going concern basis of accounting is 
appropriate and that there is no material uncertainty related to going concern. The Directors have 
disclosed their explanations and conclusions on the going concern basis and the key matters 
considered, including judgements in relation to (i) the ongoing confidence in the group’s and company’s 
profitability, liquidity and funding positions, particularly in light of the extension of the borrowing facility 
to December 2022, as well as (ii) the capability of the operational resilience and supplier viability 
framework in place over the assessment period.

Due to the increased audit effort and level of judgements involved in the going concern assessment we 
have considered the going concern assessment and related disclosures as a key audit matter.

Management’s associated consideration of the company’s and group’s ability to continue as a going 
concern are detailed on page 100 within note 1 to the financial statements. 

We obtained an understanding of the relevant controls over management’s going concern assessment. 

We challenged and assessed management’s evaluation of forecast profitability, liquidity and funding 
position, as well as operational resilience:

Profitability, liquidity and funding 

We assessed the internal governance process followed by management in order to prepare the 
budget and also a worst-case scenario assessment. 

We challenged the forecast changes to the group’s and company’s profitability and liquidity plan, with 
reference to the group’s and company’s internal risk appetite, given current market conditions. We 
tested the accuracy of the calculations underpinning the forecasts, and also challenged the 
reasonableness of the forecasts by assessing the key assumptions adopted and reviewing 
management’s historical forecasting accuracy. 

We inspected the terms and conditions of the renewed borrowing facility and assessed compliance 
with the covenant conditions attached to the borrowing facility. We also tested the forecast covenant 
compliance.

Operational resilience and supplier viability

We assessed management’s internal monitoring processes in order to monitor the operational impact 
of Covid-19 on a regular basis.

We assessed management’s oversight of service providers’ operational and financial resilience, or 
where necessary, the contingency plans in place where a supplier has been deemed at risk. 

Disclosures

We have evaluated the disclosures made by management in relation to going concern, to assess 
whether they appropriately reflect the impact on the group and evaluated the consistency of the 
disclosures with our knowledge of the group based on our audit.

We read the most recent Board minutes and regulatory correspondence to identify items of interest 
and assess the completeness of the disclosures.

Key 
observations

Based on the work performed, having taken account of the assumptions and other matters disclosed 
in the Going Concern Statement made by the directors and elsewhere in the accounts, we concurred 
with the directors’ conclusion over the company’s and group’s ability to continue as a going concern 
over a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the financial statements. 

We also concluded that the disclosures in relation to going concern are appropriate.

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN SectionStrategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

85

5.2. Loan impairment provisions  

Key audit 
matter 
description

The group held loan impairment provisions of £32.6m (2020: £44.9m), against gross loan carrying 
amounts of £80.5 million (2020: £112.8 million) within the home collect credit business.

How the scope 
of our audit 
responded to 
the key audit 
matter

Amounts receivable from customers are valued using collections curves to estimate the twelve month 
and lifetime expected future losses on cohorts of loans exhibiting similar risk characteristics, including 
the number of missed payments in the previous 13 weeks. These collections curves are based on 
collections levels from outstanding amounts receivable from customers over 2015-2019. The collection 
curve methodology has changed since prior year; in previous years management weighted each 
annual cohort equally (20%) however in FY21 cohort weightings have been applied to give prominence 
(60%) to the most recent 2019 cohort, encapsulating the Covid-19 performance of the loan book, and 
10% for each of the four previous cohorts.

We have determined our key audit matter to be the estimation of future cash flows, including cohort 
weightings, used to determine the provision given that the impairment provision is highly sensitive to 
this assumption and it requires the highest degree of judgement.

Given the degree of judgement involved in determining key assumptions, we also identified that there is 
a potential for fraud through possible manipulation of this balance.

The modelling approach taken by management is partly automated, in relation to the extraction of 
loan data from the lending system and the application of provisioning rates to loan balances.

Management’s associated accounting policies are detailed on pages 99 to 108 with detail about 
judgements in applying accounting policies and critical accounting estimates on page 107 and within 
the Audit Committee report on page 59 to 62. The trade and other receivables note is on page 118.

We obtained an understanding of the relevant controls over the estimation of future cash flows and 
management’s judgement paper. 

We involved internal IT specialists to review the methods used by management to extract loan data 
from the lending system. Additionally, we assessed the application of the provisioning rates to the loan 
balances within the loan impairment provisioning model.

We specifically challenged the appropriateness of the cash collection curves used to determine the 
impairment provision, which included a review of the updated methodology used to construct the 
curves, involving our IT specialists to independently reconstruct the curves, and performing an 
assessment of whether the historic collections data and the updated methodology being used by 
management is an appropriate basis upon which to predict future recoveries in the current economic 
environment.

We performed a retrospective review comparing weighted forecasted cash collections for FY21 
against actual cash collections, including an assessment of the impact of any differences on the validity 
of managements modelling.

We involved our IT specialists to test the mechanical accuracy and completeness of the impairment 
models by recalculating the provision in accordance with the approved provisioning policy.

We challenged the defined staging triggers as these are the other key assumption driving the 
impairment calculation. This involved analysis of the group’s historical cash collection experience and 
benchmarking to peers and external economic and industry data.

We reconciled the loan impairment provision to the general ledger, assessed compliance of the 
modelling approach and provisioning policy with the requirements of IFRS 9 and substantively tested a 
sample of loans back to signed source documentation to assess whether the data used in the provision 
calculation was complete and accurate.

We also challenged management on the lack of macroeconomic overlays and performed an 
assessment over the potential requirement for a macroeconomic overlay.

Key 
observations

We concluded that the impairment models were working as intended.

We concluded that the estimation of future cash flows within the models and the updated cohort 
weighting methodology were reasonable and thus the impairment provision recorded was appropriate.

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section86

Independent Auditor’s Report continued

5.3. Revenue recognition  

Key audit 
matter 
description

The group recognised revenue of £86.4m (2020: £119.3m) against amounts receivable from home 
collect credit customers during the year ended 27 February 2021. 

The recognition of revenue on amounts receivable from customers under IFRS 9 requires the use of an 
effective interest rate method. Judgement is applied by management to determine key assumptions 
related to the expected lives of loans.

We have determined our key audit matter to be the formulation of the expected lives assumptions, 
including cohort weightings, given these are the key judgements underpinning the calculation of the 
revenue balance. The expected lives are determined from the same data set used to construct the 
cash collection curves used in loan impairment provisioning.

Given the degree of judgement involved in determining key assumptions, we also identified that there is 
a potential for fraud through possible manipulation of this balance.

The modelling approach taken by management is partly automated, in relation to the extraction of 
loan data from the lending system and the application of expected lives to the revenue balance.

Management’s associated accounting policies are detailed on pages 99 to 108 with detail about 
judgements in applying accounting policies and critical accounting estimates on page 107 and within 
the Audit Committee report on pages 59 to 62.

We obtained an understanding of the relevant controls over the determination of the expected lives 
and management’s judgement paper. 

We involved internal IT specialists to review the methods used by management to extract loan data 
from the lending system.

How the scope 
of our audit 
responded to 
the key audit 
matter

We involved our IT specialists to independently reconstruct the expected lives using historical data and 
then challenged the lives by reference to both historical and forecast data and comparability with the 
contractual life under IFRS 9.

We tested the mechanical accuracy and completeness of the revenue recognition models by agreeing 
a sample of model inputs back to underlying source data.

We recalculated the effective interest rates for each type of product and independently determined 
for a sample of customers the accuracy of the revenue earned during the year ended 27 February 
2021.

Key 
observations

We concluded that the revenue recognition models were working as intended.

The underlying assumptions applied within the models, specifically in respect of the expected lives used 
in the calculation of the revenue balance, were found to be appropriate.

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN SectionStrategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

87

5.4. Impairment of goodwill  

Key audit 
matter 
description

Upon acquiring U Holdings Limited, Morses Club PLC recognised a goodwill balance of £9.4m. We have 
identified a key audit matter in relation to impairment of goodwill based on the size of the goodwill 
balance, the inherent judgement involved in determining goodwill impairment and the fact that the 
performance of U Holdings Limited to date has been lower than expected. 

Management is required by IAS 36 to perform an annual impairment review for goodwill balances. 
Estimation is involved in assessing the fair value less costs to sell and value in use of certain intangible 
assets at each reporting period for assessment of impairment. This requires an assessment of 
whether there are any impairment triggers which, given the nature of the assets, focuses on business 
performance and cash flows. Management concluded that no impairment of goodwill was required 
based on an assessment of relevant impairment triggers.

We have identified a key audit matter around the forecast cash flows in the goodwill impairment model 
for U Holdings Limited, in particular the growth rates and discount rate used given these are the key 
assumptions underpinning the forecast.

Given the degree of judgement involved in determining key assumptions, we also identified that there is 
a potential for fraud through possible manipulation of this balance.

Management’s associated accounting policies are detailed on pages 93 to 108 with detail about 
judgements in applying accounting policies and critical accounting estimates on page 107 and within 
the Audit Committee report on page 59 to 62. The goodwill note is on page 113.

We obtained an understanding of the relevant controls over the determination of the growth rates and 
discount rate and management’s judgement paper. 

We evaluated the forecast cash flows used in the model against the historical trading of the Digital 
division and challenged the assumptions underpinning the forecast, including review of the long term 
and short-term growth rates and discount rate used.

We involved our valuation specialists to independently determine an estimate of the discount rate in 
order to challenge the rate selected by management.

We assessed the appropriateness of the short-term growth rates through challenging the key 
assumptions underpinning the forecast growth, with peer benchmarking used to assess the 
appropriateness of the long-term growth rate.

As we expect consistency between the two management assessments, we tested the accuracy and 
completeness of the impairment model by comparing to the forecasts used in the going concern 
assessment.

How the scope 
of our audit 
responded to 
the key audit 
matter

Key 
observations

We concur that the growth rates and discount rate applied are appropriate and also with 
management’s conclusion that no impairment of goodwill was required.

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section88

Independent Auditor’s Report continued

5.5. Contingent liability  

Key audit 
matter 
description

Due to the noticeable increase in complaints raised by CMCs within both the company and the wider 
home collect credit industry, we have identified a new key audit matter around the consequent impact 
of the volume of complaints on the group’s contingent liabilities.

Whilst an IAS 37 provision has been raised within the FY21 results for unresolved complaints at the 
balance sheet date, this key audit matter is focused upon the possibility of a significant increase in 
complaints being received by the company after the year end and the necessity for consideration of a 
contingent liability disclosure in the FY21 financial statements.

Under the requirements of IAS 37 a contingent liability should be recognised for a possible obligation 
that arises from past events and whose existence will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non-
occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of the entity; an entity 
should not recognise but disclose a contingent liability, unless the possibility of an outflow of resources 
embodying economic benefits is remote.

Management has disclosed a contingent liability in response to complaints raised by CMCs but are 
unable to quantify the possible impact on the financial statements at this time.

How the scope 
of our audit 
responded to 
the key audit 
matter

Management’s associated accounting policies are detailed on pages 93 to 108 with the contingent 
liability note on page 137.

We obtained an understanding of the relevant controls over the consideration of whether a contingent 
liability was required. 

We assessed whether the requirements of IAS 37 had been applied appropriately, whilst also holding 
discussions with our regulatory specialists on any additional areas of concern or risk based on the 
complaints received to date.

We assessed the trend in complaints observed during the year and up until the date of signing, 
evaluated the level of complaints raised in comparison to that observed at peers, using publicly 
available information, and reviewed any correspondence with regulators.

Key 
observations

We concur with the contingent liability disclosed by management, in light of the groups’ complaints 
experience to date.

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section 
Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

89

6.  Our application of materiality
6.1. Materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the 
economic decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both in 
planning the scope of our audit work and in evaluating the results of our work.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Materiality

£724k (2020: £706k)

£688k (2020: £670k)

Group financial statements 

Parent company financial statements

Basis for determining 
materiality

1% of net assets (2020: 1% of  
net assets)

1% of net assets (2020: 1% of  
net assets)

Rationale for the 
benchmark applied

We considered both a profit and net assets based measure as benchmarks for determining 
materiality. As the pandemic has increased the volatility of pre-tax profits, we have again 
used net assets as a more stable benchmark and basis for materiality. Net assets is 
considered to be a more stable basis on which to determine materiality going forward and is 
a relevant benchmark to users of the annual report and accounts.   

Net assets 
£70.7m

Net assets

Group materiality

Group materiality
£724k

Component 
materiality range
£688k to £362k

Audit Committee
reporting threshold
£36k

6.2. Performance materiality
We set performance materiality at a level lower than materiality to reduce the probability that, in aggregate, 
uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceed the materiality for the financial statements as a whole. 

Group financial statements 

Parent company financial statements

Performance 
materiality

65% (2020: 70%) of group 
materiality

65% (2020: 70%) of parent 
company materiality 

Basis and rationale 
for determining 
performance 
materiality

We have set performance materiality at a level lower than materiality to reduce the 
probability that, in aggregate, uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceed the 
materiality for the financial statements as a whole. Performance materiality was set at 65% 
of materiality for the 2021 audit (2020: 70%). In determining performance materiality we 
considered our risk assessment, including our assessment of the group and parent 
company’s overall control environment and the increased control risks inherent within the 
business given it is operating in a Covid-19 environment.

6.3. Error reporting threshold
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to the Committee all audit differences in excess of £36k 
(2020: £35k), as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. 
We also report to the Audit Committee on disclosure matters that we identified when assessing the overall presentation 
of the financial statements.

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section90

Independent Auditor’s Report continued

7. An overview of the scope of our audit
7.1. Identification and scoping of components
Our group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the group and its environment, including group-wide 
controls, and assessing the risks of material misstatement at the group level.

The group is made up of the main trading and parent entity of Morses Club PLC and four subsidiaries being Shopacheck 
Financial Services Limited, Shelby Finance Limited, U Holdings Limited and U Accounts Limited. These companies 
account for 100% of the group’s net assets, 100% of the group’s revenue and 100% of the group’s pre-tax profit; this is 
consistent with the approach in prior year. We performed testing over the consolidation which is prepared at the group 
level only.

All entities in the group are within our full audit scope and the audit procedures for these entities are performed directly 
by the group audit team.

7.2. Our consideration of the control environment 
We identified key IT systems for the group in respect of the financial reporting system and lending system. With the 
involvement of our IT specialist we performed testing of the general IT controls (‘GITCs’) associated with these systems 
and relied upon IT controls across the systems identified. 

We adopted a controls reliance approach in relation to the lending business cycle within the home collect credit business. 
We tested the relevant automated and manual controls for the business cycle where a control reliance approach was 
planned. We adopted a controls reliance approach across the lending cycle when performing our substantive audit 
procedures. 

8. Other information
The other information comprises the information included in the annual report, other than the financial statements and 
our auditor’s report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information contained within the annual report.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise 
explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially 
inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of our audit, or otherwise appears to 
be materially misstated.

If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether 
this gives rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have 
performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that 
fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

9. Responsibilities of directors
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation of 
the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the 
directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the parent company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going 
concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

10. Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with 
ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are 
considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section 
Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

91

11. Extent to which the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line 
with our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The 
extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below. 

11.1. Identifying and assessing potential risks related to irregularities
In identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement in respect of irregularities, including fraud and non-
compliance with laws and regulations, we considered the following:
• 

the nature of the industry and sector, control environment and business performance including the design of the 
group’s remuneration policies, key drivers for directors’ remuneration, bonus levels and performance targets;
results of our enquiries of management, internal audit and the Audit Committee about their own identification and 
assessment of the risks of irregularities; 

• 

•  any matters we identified having obtained and reviewed the group’s documentation of their policies and procedures 

relating to:
• 

 identifying, evaluating and complying with laws and regulations and whether they were aware of any instances of 
non-compliance;

•  detecting and responding to the risks of fraud and whether they have knowledge of any actual, suspected or 

• 

alleged fraud;
• 
the internal controls established to mitigate risks of fraud or non-compliance with laws and regulations;
the matters discussed among the audit engagement team and relevant internal specialists, including tax, IT, 
valuations and analytics specialists regarding how and where fraud might occur in the financial statements and any 
potential indicators of fraud.

As a result of these procedures, we considered the opportunities and incentives that may exist within the organisation 
for fraud and identified the greatest potential for fraud in the following areas: loan impairment provisioning, revenue 
recognition and impairment of goodwill. In common with all audits under ISAs (UK), we are also required to perform 
specific procedures to respond to the risk of management override.

We also obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks that the group and company operates in, 
focusing on provisions of those laws and regulations that had a direct effect on the determination of material amounts 
and disclosures in the financial statements. The key laws and regulations we considered in this context included the UK 
Companies Act and tax legislation etc.

In addition, we considered provisions of other laws and regulations that do not have a direct effect on the financial 
statements but compliance with which may be fundamental to the group’s ability to operate or to avoid a material 
penalty. These included the regulation set by the Financial Conduct Authority, which are fundamental to the group’s 
ability to continue as a going concern

11.2. Audit response to risks identified
As a result of performing the above, we identified loan impairment provisioning, revenue recognition and impairment  
of goodwill as key audit matters related to the potential risk of fraud. The key audit matters section of our report  
explains the matters in more detail and also describes the specific procedures we performed in response to those key 
audit matters. 

In addition to the above, our procedures to respond to risks identified included the following:
• 

reviewing the financial statement disclosures and testing to supporting documentation to assess compliance with 
provisions of relevant laws and regulations described as having a direct effect on the financial statements;

•  enquiring of management and the Audit Committee concerning actual and potential litigation and claims;
•  performing analytical procedures to identify any unusual or unexpected relationships that may indicate risks of 

• 

• 

material misstatement due to fraud;
reading minutes of meetings of those charged with governance, reviewing internal audit reports and reviewing 
correspondence with the Financial Conduct Authority and HMRC;
in addressing the risk of fraud through management override of controls, testing the appropriateness of journal 
entries and other adjustments; assessing whether the judgements made in making accounting estimates are 
indicative of a potential bias; and evaluating the business rationale of any significant transactions that are unusual or 
outside the normal course of business.

We also communicated relevant identified laws and regulations and potential fraud risks to all engagement team 
members including internal specialists and remained alert to any indications of fraud or non-compliance with laws and 
regulations throughout the audit.

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section92

Independent Auditor’s Report continued

Report on other legal and regulatory requirements

12. Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:
• 

the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial 
statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and
the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

• 

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the parent company and their environment obtained in 
the course of the audit, we have not identified any material misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report.

13. Corporate Governance Statement
Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the 
Corporate Governance Statement is materially consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge obtained 
during the audit: 
• 

the directors’ statement with regards to the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of accounting and 
any material uncertainties identified;
the directors’ explanation as to its assessment of the group’s prospects, the period this assessment covers and why 
the period is appropriate;
the directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable;
the board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks;
the section of the annual report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control 
systems; and
the section describing the work of the Audit Committee 

• 

• 
• 
• 

• 

14. Opinion on other matter prescribed by our engagement letter
In our opinion the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance 
with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 that would have applied were the company a quoted company.

15. Matters on which we are required to report by exception
15.1. Adequacy of explanations received and accounting records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:
•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not 

been received from branches not visited by us; or
the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.

• 

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

15.2. Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report if in our opinion certain disclosures of directors’ 
remuneration have not been made.

We have nothing to report in respect of this matter.

16. Use of our report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those 
matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted 
by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the company and the company’s members as a 
body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Kieren Cooper (Senior statutory auditor)
For and on behalf of Deloitte LLP
Statutory Auditor
Birmingham, United Kingdom
13 May 2021

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN SectionConsolidated Income Statement

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

93

Consolidated Income Statement
For the 52-week period ended 27 February 2021

Revenue

Impairment on financial assets
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Administration expenses

Operating profit before amortisation of intangibles and exceptional items
Amortisation of acquisition intangibles
Exceptional items

Operating profit
Finance costs

Profit before taxation
Tax on profit on ordinary activities

Profit after taxation

Earnings per share

Basic
Diluted

52 weeks 
ended 
27.2.21
£000

52 weeks 
ended 
29.2.20
£000

Notes

1

100,234

133,651

(20,794)
(20,657)

58,783
(55,967)

3,161
(345)
–

2,816
(2,360)

456
(239)

217

27.2.21
Pence

0.17
0.17

(36,358)
(27,669)

69,624
(54,918)

13,593
(1,222)
2,335

14,706
(3,255)

11,451
(1,974)

9,477

29.2.20
Pence

7.26
7.21

2, 4

12
3

6

4
7

9
9

All results derive from continuing operations. A Statement of Comprehensive Income is not included as there are no 
other gains or losses, other than those presented in the Income Statement.

C_GEN_PageL2C_GEN SectionBalance Sheet

94

Balance Sheet
As at 27 February 2021 

Registered Number: 06793980

Assets
Non-current assets
Goodwill
Other intangible assets
Investment in subsidiaries
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets
Deferred tax 
Amounts receivable from customers

Current assets
Amounts receivable from customers
Taxation receivable
Other receivables
Cash at bank

Total assets

Liabilities
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Complaints provision
Lease liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Bank and other borrowings
Lease liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Called up share capital
Group reconstruction reserve
Retained earnings

Total equity

Group

Company

Notes

27.2.21
£000

29.2.20
£000

27.2.21
£000

29.2.20
£000

11
12
14
13
15
21
16

16

16

17
29
19

22
23
23

12,854 
8,863 
–
734 
1,696 
581 
82 

24,810 

53,408 
1,387 
4,927 
8,258 

67,980 

92,790 

(10,039)
(2,012)
(790)

(12,841)

(8,302)
(994)

(9,296)

(22,137)

70,653 

1,325 
–
69,328 

70,653 

12,981 
7,362 
–
818 
2,783 
659 
657 

25,260 

72,171 
501 
4,256 
11,868 

88,796 

3,293 
5,092 
23,011 
129 
1,113 
671 
–

33,309 

47,952 
1,387 
23,900 
6,616 

79,855 

3,293 
5,606 
11,011 
196 
2,113 
797 
586 

23,602 

67,294 
501 
22,159 
9,585 

99,539 

114,056 

113,164 

123,141 

(6,723)
–
(1,286)

(8,009)

(33,838)
(1,553)

(35,391)

(43,400)

70,656 

1,312 
–
69,344 

70,656 

(9,858)
(2,012)
(740)

(12,610)

(8,302)
(343)

(8,645)

(21,255)

91,909 

1,325 
(9,276)
99,860 

91,909 

(6,629)
–
(1,228)

(7,857)

(33,838)
(848)

(34,686)

(42,543)

80,598 

1,312 
(9,276)
88,562 

80,598 

The Parent Company’s profit for the financial period was £11,531 489 (2020: £18,705,113). The consolidated and 
Company financial statements of Morses Club PLC were approved by the Board of Directors on 13 May 2021.

As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the income statement of the Parent Company is not 
presented as part of these financial statements.

Signed on behalf of the Board of Directors

Paul Smith 
Director 

Graeme Campbell
Director

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021

C_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section 
 
 
  
  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in 

Equity

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

95

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity
For the 52-week period ended 27 February 2021

Group

As at 24 February 2019

Profit for year

Total comprehensive income for
Deferred tax on acquisitions
Share issue
Share-based payments charge
Dividends paid

As at 29 February 2020

Profit for year

Total comprehensive income for
Share issue
Share-based payments charge
Dividends paid

As at 27 February 2021

Company

As at 24 February 2019

Profit for year

Total comprehensive income for the period
Share issue
Share-based payments charge
Dividends paid

As at 29 February 2020

Profit for year

Total comprehensive income for the period
Share issue
Share-based payments charge
Dividends paid

As at 27 February 2021

Notes

Called Up  
Share Capital
£000

1,298

–

–
–
14
–
–

1,312

–

–
13
–
–

27
8

27
8

Retained 
Earnings
£000

69,835

9,477

9,477
39
–
155
(10,162)

69,344

217

217
–
1,079
(1,312)

Total  
Equity
£000

71,133

9,477

9,477
39
14
155
(10,162)

70,656

217

217
13
1,079
(1,312)

1,325

69,328

70,653

Called Up  
Share Capital
£000

Group 
Reconstruction 
Reserve
£000

Notes

1,298

(9,276)

–

–
14
–
–

–

–

–
–

1,312

(9,276)

–

–
13
–
–

–

–
–
–
–

27
8

27
8

Retained 
Earnings
£000

79,864

18,705

18,705
–
155
(10,162)

88,562

11,531

11,531
–
1,079
(1,312)

1,325

(9,276)

99,860

Total
Equity 
£000

71,886

18,705

18,705
14
155
(10,162)

80,598

11,531

11,531
13
1,079
(1,312)

91,909

C_GEN_PageL2C_GEN SectionCash Flow Statements

96

Cash Flow Statements
For the 52-week period ended 27 February 2021

Notes

8

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Cash flows used in financing activities
Dividends paid
Proceeds from additional long-term debt
Repayment of long-term debt
Principal paid under lease liabilities
Interest received
Interest paid
Interest paid (lease liabilities)

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from financing activities

Cash flows used in investing activities
Purchase of intangibles
Purchase of property, plant and equipment including  

RoU assets

Additional investment in subsidiary
Acquisitions

Net cash (outflow) from investing activities

(Decrease)/Increase in cash and cash equivalents

Reconciliation of increase in cash and cash equivalents
Movement in cash and cash equivalents in the period
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

Group

Company

27.2.21
£000

33,054

(1,312)
11,500
(37,000)
(1,499)
–
(1,622)
(353)

(30,286)

29.2.20
£000

21,418

(10,162)
36,000
(16,500)
(1,385)
13
(2,533)
(472)

4,961

27.2.21
£000

40,071

(1,312)
11,500
(37,000)
(1,435)
1,544
(1,622)
(251)

(28,576)

29.2.20
£000

7,234

(10,162)
36,000
(16,500)
(1,433)
1,067
(2,533)
(399)

6,040

(5,282)

(4,277)

(1,625)

(2,511)

(1,096)
–
–

(6,378)

(3,610)

(3,610)
11,868

8,258

(2,180)
–
(15,947)

(22,404)

3,975

3,975
7,893

11,868

(839)
(12,000)
–

(14,464)

(2,969)

(2,969)
9,585

6,616

(347)
(8,150)
(439)

(11,447)

1,827

1,827
7,758

9,585

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021

C_GEN_PageL2C_GEN SectionNotes to the Consolidated Cash Flow 

Statements

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

97

Notes to the Consolidated Cash Flow Statements
For the 52-week period ended 27 February 2021

1.  Reconciliation of profit before taxation to net cash inflow from operating activities 

Profit before tax and  costs
Exceptional gains

Profit before taxation

Interest received included in financing activities
Interest paid included in financing activities
Share issue
Depreciation charges
Share-based payments charge
Impairment of goodwill
Amortisation of intangibles
Write-off of right-of-use assets
Loss on disposal of tangible assets
Loss on disposal of intangible assets
Decrease/(increase) in debtors
Increase/(decrease) in creditors

Taxation paid

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Group

Company

27.2.21
£000

456
–

456

–
2,006
13
1,915
1,079
126
2,811
261
92
969
18,667
5,849

33,788

(1,190)

33,054

29.2.20
£000

9,116
2,335

11,451

(13)
3,005
14
2,436
155
16
3,136
142
–
–
6,702
(1,466)

14,217

(4,160)

21,418

27.2.21
£000

11,818
–

11,818

(1,544)
1,904
13
1,646
1,079
–
2,139
261
–
–
18,186
5,759

29,443

(1,190)

40,071

29.2.20
£000

20,755
–

20,755

(1,067)
2,932
14
1,896
155
16
2,188
142
–
–
(14,631)
(1,006)

(9,361)

(4,160)

7,234

C_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section98

Notes to the Consolidated Cash Flow Statements continued
For the 52-week period ended 27 February 2021

2.  Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financial activities

Long-term
Borrowings
£000

14,075

Lease
Liabilities
£000

3,391

263
(2,533)

(16,500)
36,000
–
2,533

33,838

(36)
(1,622)

(37,000)
11,500
–
1,622

8,302

–
(472)

(1,385)
–
833
472

2,839

–
(353)

(1,499)
–
444
353

1,784

Long-term
Borrowings
£000

14,075

Lease
Liabilities
£000

3,391

263
(2,533)

(16,500)
36,000
–
2,533

33,838

(36)
(1,622)

(37,000)
11,500
–
1,622

8,302

–
(399)

(1,433)
–
118
399

2,076

–
(251)

(1,435)
–
442
251

1,083

Total
£000

17,466

263
(3,005)

(17,885)
36,000
833
3,005

36,677

(36)
(1,975)

(38,499)
11,500
444
1,975

10,086

Total
£000

17,466

263
(2,932)

(17,933)
36,000
118
2,932

35,914

(36)
(1,873)

(38,435)
11,500
442
1,873

9,385

Group

At 23 February 2019
Non-cash changes
– Amortised fees
– Interest
Cash flows:

– Repayments
– Drawdown
– Lease additions & disposals
– Interest

At 29 February 2020
Non-cash changes
– Amortised fees
– Interest
Cash flows:

– Repayments
– Drawdown
– Lease additions & disposals
– Interest

At 27 February 2021

Company

At 23 February 2019
Non-cash changes
– Amortised fees
– Interest
Cash flows:

– Repayments
– Drawdown
– Lease additions & disposals
– Interest

At 29 February 2020
Non-cash changes
– Amortised fees
– Interest
Cash flows:

– Repayments
– Drawdown
– Lease additions & disposals
– Interest

At 27 February 2021

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN SectionNotes to the Consolidated Financial 

Statements

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

99

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
For the 52-week period ended 27 February 2021

1.  Accounting policies 

General information 
The Company is a public limited company incorporated and domiciled in the UK. The address of its registered office is 
Building 1, The Phoenix Centre, 1 Colliers Way, Nottingham NG8 6AT.

Basis of preparation
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with 
the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis 
under the historical cost convention. In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are required to use certain 
critical accounting estimates and are required to exercise judgement in the application of the Group and Company’s 
accounting policies.

The Group and Company’s principal accounting policies under IFRS have been consistently applied to all the  
years presented.

Adoption of new accounting policies
There are no other new IFRSs or International Financial Reporting Interpretations (IFRIC) that are effective for the first 
time for the 52 weeks ended 27 February 2021 which have a material impact on the Group. 

The Group has not applied the following new and revised IFRSs that have been issued but are not yet effective and have 
been adopted by the EU:

New amended standard or interpretation

Amendments to IFRS 17 and IFRS 4, ‘Insurance contracts’ deferral of IFRS 9

Effective date – for accounting 
periods beginning on or after

1 January 2021

The Group has not applied the following new and revised IFRSs that have been issued but are not yet effective and have 
not been adopted by the EU:

New amended standard or interpretation

Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16 Interest Rate Benchmark Reform

Amendments to IAS 1, ‘Presentation of financial statements’ on classification of liabilities

Narrow scope amendments to IFRS 3, IAS 16, IAS 17 and some annual improvements on  
IFRS 1, IFRS 9, IAS 41 and IFRS 16

IFRS 17, ‘Insurance contracts’

Effective date – for accounting 
periods beginning on or after

1 January 2021

1 January 2022

1 January 2022

1 January 2023

There is not any known or reasonably estimable information relevant which suggests that the impact of applying the 
new standards will materially impact the financial statements in the initial period of application.

Going concern
The Directors have considered the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis in preparing these consolidated 
financial statements. 

The Group has prepared a three-year business plan which is a continuation of its strategy of generating growth through 
organic and acquisitive means. 

In addition to standard internal governance, the Group is also monitored against key financial covenants tied in with the 
current funding facilities. These are produced and submitted on a monthly basis, with key schedules included in the 
monthly Board papers. 

C_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section100

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the 52-week period ended 27 February 2021

1.  Accounting policies continued

Going concern continued
The Group is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties which arise as a result of the current economic environment. 
In determining that the Group is a going concern these risks, which are described in the principal risks and uncertainties 
section, have been considered by the Directors. The Directors have considered these risks in the Group’s forecasts and 
projections which highlight continued profitability for the foreseeable future. After making enquiries, the Directors have a 
reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable 
future. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the consolidated financial statements.

With regards to a going concern review or a three-year viability period, the major challenge for the business will be one 
of Financial and operational resilience through a period of change and adapting to the demands of a post-Covid-19 
world, whilst maintaining good customer outcomes, appropriate oversight and financial prudence.

The Group has observed a noticeable increase in the level of complaints received from both CMCs and customers during 
the year. The increase in complaints encountered by a small number of other lenders in the sector has triggered signs of 
financial stress, prompting applications to the Courts for schemes of arrangements to ensure their businesses remain 
viable whilst their customers receive a proportion of redress. Whilst the Group has seen an increase in complaints 
received, the increase is proportionately smaller to other lenders and the Board remains confident with its business 
model and underlying operational resilience.

As part of its annual planning process, the Group assessed its business plans and subsequently ran a number of 
scenarios around the key areas of sensitivities namely:
•  Loan volumes
•  Collections
•  Loan book quality/credit risk
•  Cash availability
•  Collect out scenario (in accordance with regulatory guidance)

These comments do not represent management’s confirmed actions – they represent a number of possible mitigants
which may need to be implemented if the worst case transpires. The resilience and ability to adapt the business model 
the business has shown during the last 12 months give management additional confidence in assessing ongoing viability.

In May 2021, the Group agreed a new loan facility with a consortium of two lenders, which secured funding for our HCC 
and digital products through to December 2022. This was at a reduced commitment level of £35m, all in the RCF, 
compared to the £40m funding commitment previously in place until December 2021. The new facility will continue 
funding our existing HCC products, but crucially, it will unlock funding for our Dot Dot loan products and help the business 
achieve its immediate strategic objectives.

The Committee believes that to achieve this in such an economic and societal upheaval for which there is no historic 
comparison, showed great confidence by our lending syndicate in the robustness of our business model.

IFRS 16 Leases 
The Group assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease, at inception of the contract. The Group recognises a 
right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability with respect to all lease arrangements in which it is the lessee, 
except for short-term leases (defined as leases with a lease term of 12 months or less) and leases of low-value assets. 
For these leases, the Group recognises the lease payments as an operating expense on a straight-line basis over the 
term of the lease unless another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits 
from the leased assets are consumed.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the 
commencement date, discounted by using the rate implicit in the lease. If this rate cannot be readily determined, the 
Group uses its incremental borrowing rate.

Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise:
• 
•  variable lease payments that depend on an index or rate, initially measured using the index or rate at the 

fixed lease payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives;

commencement date;
the amount expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value guarantees;
the exercise price of purchase options, if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise the options; and

• 
• 
•  payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the exercise of an option to terminate  

the lease.

The lease liability is presented as a separate line in the consolidated statement of financial position. 

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN SectionStrategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

101

The lease liability is subsequently measured by increasing the carrying amount to reflect interest on the lease liability 
(using the effective interest method) and by reducing the carrying amount to reflect the lease payments made.

The Group remeasures the lease liability (and makes a corresponding adjustment to the related right-of-use asset) 
whenever:
•  The lease term has changed or there is a change in the assessment of exercise of a purchase option, in which case 

the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate.

•  The lease payments change due to changes in an index or rate or a change in expected payment under a guaranteed 
residual value, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using the 
initial discount rate (unless the lease payments change is due to a change in a floating interest rate, in which case a 
revised discount rate is used).

•  A lease contract is modified, and the lease modification is not accounted for as a separate lease, in which case the 

lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate.

The Group recognised such adjustments for vehicles during the current period in light of lease term extensions that  
were enacted.

The right-of-use assets comprise the initial measurement of the corresponding lease liability, lease payments made at or 
before the commencement day and any initial direct costs. They are subsequently measured at cost less accumulated 
depreciation and impairment losses.

Whenever the Group incurs an obligation for costs to dismantle and remove a leased asset, restore the site on which it is 
located or restore the underlying asset to the condition required by the terms and conditions of the lease, a provision is 
recognised and measured under IAS 37. The costs are included in the related right-of-use asset, unless those costs are 
incurred to produce inventories.

Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter period of lease term and useful life of the underlying asset. If a 
lease transfers ownership of the underlying asset or the cost of the right-of-use asset reflects that the Group expects to 
exercise a purchase option, the related right-of-use asset is depreciated over the useful life of the underlying asset. The 
depreciation starts at the commencement date of the lease. The Group does not have any leases that include purchase 
options or transfer ownership of the underlying asset.

The right-of-use assets are presented within the same line item as that within which the corresponding underlying assets 
would be presented if they were owned – for the Group this is property, plant and equipment.

Variable rents that do not depend on an index or rate are not included in the measurement of the lease liability  
and the right-of-use asset. The Group does not have any lease payments which fall under the definition of variable  
lease payments.

For short-term leases (lease term of 12 months or less) and leases of low-value assets (such as personal computers and 
office furniture), the Group has opted to recognise a lease expense on a straight-line basis as permitted by IFRS 16. This 
expense is presented within administrative expenses in the consolidated income statement.

As a practical expedient, IFRS 16 permits a lessee not to separate non-lease components, and instead account for any 
lease and associated non-lease components as a single arrangement. The Group has used this practical expedient for 
property leases for which the business rate is included in the lease contract. 

Basis of consolidation
The Group financial statements drawn up to 27 February 2021 consolidate the financial statements of the Company and 
its subsidiary undertakings from the date control passes to the Group until the date control ceases. Control is achieved 
when the Group:
•  has power over the investee;
• 
•  has the ability to use its power to affect returns.

is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and

All intra-Group transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated 
on consolidation. The accounting policies of subsidiaries are consistent with the accounting policies of the Group.

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section102

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the 52-week period ended 27 February 2021

1.  Accounting policies continued

Revenue recognition
Under IFRS 9, all receivables are recognised within Stage 1 on inception of the loan. A customer will then move to Stage 2 
when there has been a significant increase in credit risk through a deterioration in their payment performance. Stage 3 
represents a customer in default. Revenue recognition is recognised on the gross receivable in Stages 1 and 2 and on the 
net receivable in Stage 3. A customer can only move to or back out of Stage 3 for revenue recognition purposes at the 
Group’s interim or year end.

Stage 1 – Accounts at initial recognition. Revenue is recognised on the gross receivable before impairment provision.
Stage 2 – Accounts which have suffered a significant deterioration in credit risk but have not defaulted. Revenue is 
recognised on the gross receivable before impairment provision.
Stage 3 – Accounts which have defaulted. Revenue is recognised on the net receivable after impairment provision.

Under IFRS the amount of revenue recognised is capped at the contractual amount due.

Digital revenue for recurring monthly management fees in relation to current accounts is recognised in accordance with 
IFRS 15. Fees and commissions receivable and payable are recognised when the service is provided, or when 
transactions are processed on an accruals basis.

See Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty on page 107 for more information.

Net loan book
All customer receivables are initially recognised at the amount loaned to the customer ie, fair value. After initial
recognition the amounts receivable from customers are subsequently measured at amortised cost.

The Directors assess on an ongoing basis whether there is evidence that a loan asset or Group of loan assets is impaired 
and requires an additional deduction for impairment. Impairment is calculated using models which use historical 
payment performance to calculate the estimated amount and timing of future cash flows from each arrears stage. 
Impairment is then calculated by estimating the future cash flows for such impaired loans, discounting the cash flows to 
a present value using the original effective interest rate (EIR) and comparing this figure with the balance sheet carrying 
value. All such impairments are charged to the income statement. 

Stage 1 – Accounts at initial recognition. The impairment provision is based on 12-month expected losses, based on 
historic performance. Under IFRS 9, all receivables are recognised within Stage 1 on inception of the loan.

Stage 2 – Accounts which have suffered a significant deterioration in credit risk but have not defaulted. The impairment 
provision is based on lifetime losses, based on historic performance. A customer will then move to Stage 2 when there 
has been a significant increase in credit risk through a deterioration in their payment performance, represented in HCC 
by two missed weekly payments in a 13-week period and in digital by any single missed monthly payment.

Stage 3 – Accounts which have defaulted. The impairment provision is based on lifetime losses, based on historic 
performance. Stage 3 represents a customer in default, equivalent in HCC to 10 missed payments in a 13-week period. In 
digital Stage 3 is represented by more than two missed monthly payments.

Impairment provisions under IFRS 9 are calculated based on historic loan experience as a basis for estimating the 
expected credit loss and considers the outlook for macro-economic conditions.

Key assumptions in ascertaining whether a loan asset or group of loan assets is impaired include information regarding 
the probability of any account going into default and information regarding the likely eventual loss including recoveries. 
These assumptions for estimating future cash flows are based upon observed historical data and updated as 
management considers appropriate to reflect current and future conditions. All assumptions are reviewed regularly to 
take account of differences between previously estimated cash flows on impaired debt and the eventual losses.

Payment performance and missed payments are used as indicators to identify loans with no reasonable expectation of 
recovery and these loans are subsequently written off. 

Write-off policy
A customer’s balance is fully written off in HCC at the point the customer has gone 17 weeks without any payment and in 
digital when more than 3 payments are missed during the life of the loan. Before this point the balance is heavily 
provided for in accordance with IFRS 9. When a debt is sold and the cash is received for the debt, the recoveries are 
credited to the income statement.

See Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty on page 107 for more information.

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN SectionStrategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

103

Macro-economic overlay
Through involvement in the Regional CBI, Morses Club PLC receives good insight into the current macro-economic 
landscape. Most economic analysis from the Bank of England and HM Treasury recognises the likelihood of a downturn in 
the economy as a result of Covid-19, with a recession and increased levels of unemployment. In terms of the impact of 
increased unemployment, the home credit sector has historically been quite resilient in periods where unemployment 
has been increasing, due in part to the HCC customer base typically having a mixture of wages and benefits within 
household incomes

After carefully considering the economic factors impacting the Group’s loan receivables balance, and reviewing historical 
customer payment behaviours, management has concluded that sufficient loan impairment provisions have already 
been recognised in the financial statements, and a macro-economic overlay adjustment is therefore not required.

Business combinations
Acquisitions are accounted for using the acquisition method. Acquisition costs are expensed to the income statement. 
The consideration transferred in a business combination is measured at fair value with the fair value of deferred 
contingent consideration determined by considering the expected payment, discounted to present value using a  
risk-adjusted discount rate. The expected payment is determined separately in respect of each individual earn-out 
agreement taking into consideration the expected level of profitability of each acquisition. Post acquisition the 
discounted consideration is unwound on an EIR basis as a finance cost before being physically paid in line with the share 
purchase agreement.

At the acquisition date, the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed are recognised at their fair value 
except that deferred tax assets or liabilities are recognised and measured in accordance with IAS 12 Income Taxes.

Classification and measurement of financial liabilities
The Group’s financial liabilities include borrowings and trade and other payables.

Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired from suppliers in the ordinary
course of business and are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less, otherwise they are 
presented as non-current liabilities. 

Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method.

Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, being issue proceeds less any transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are 
subsequently stated at amortised cost; any difference between proceeds less transaction costs and the redemption 
value is recognised in the income statement over the expected life of the borrowings using the effective interest rate. 
Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group or Company has an unconditional right to defer 
settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the balance sheet date.

Goodwill
Goodwill arising on the acquisition of business combinations, representing any excess of fair value of the consideration 
given over the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired, is capitalised and reviewed for impairment at 
least annually. 

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units (or groups of 
cash-generating units) expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Cash-generating units to which 
goodwill has been allocated are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently when there is an indication that the 
unit may be impaired. If the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less than the carrying amount of the unit, 
the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit and then to the 
other assets of the unit pro rata based on the carrying amount of each asset in the unit. An impairment loss recognised 
for goodwill is not reversed in a subsequent period.

Gains on acquisition arising on the purchase of a business are recognised directly in the income statement.

See Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty on page 107 for more information.

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section 
104

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the 52-week period ended 27 February 2021

1.  Accounting policies continued

Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets include acquisition intangibles in respect of customer relationships and agent networks as well as 
software, servers and licences.

The fair value of customer relationships on acquisition has been estimated by discounting the expected future cash flows 
from the relationships over their estimated useful economic lives of 10 years, such estimate being based on previous 
experience of similar acquisitions. The assets will be amortised over their estimated useful lives in line with the realisation 
of their expected benefits. Due to the behavioural profile of our customers, this will naturally result in a greater 
amortisation charge in the early years with a corresponding reduction in later years.

The fair value of agent networks on acquisition is calculated based on the estimated cost of developing a similar network 
organically. The assets are amortised over their estimated useful economic lives of 10 years, such estimate being based 
on previous experience of similar acquisitions, in line with the realisation of their expected benefits arising from the 
customer relationships associated with the agent network.

Software and licences are stated at cost, net of amortisation and any provision for impairment. Amortisation is provided 
at the following annual rates in order to write off the cost less estimated residual value of each asset over its estimated 
useful life.

Software and licences 

– 20%-33% on cost

Amortisation is included within administration expenses. Other intangible assets are valued at cost less subsequent 
amortisation and impairment, and are tested at least annually. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by 
which the asset’s carrying value exceeds the higher of the asset’s value in use and its fair value less costs to sell.

Property, plant and equipment
Tangible fixed assets are stated at cost or valuation, net of depreciation and any provision for impairment. Depreciation 
is provided at the following annual rates in order to write off the cost less estimated residual value of each asset over its 
estimated useful life.

Computers and tablets 
Fixtures and fittings 

– 20%-33% on cost
– 20% on cost

Impairment of fixed assets
At each reporting date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its property, plant and equipment and intangible assets 
to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication 
exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where the 
asset does not generate cash flows that are independent from other assets, the Group estimates the recoverable amount 
of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. When a reasonable and consistent basis of allocation can be 
identified, corporate assets are also allocated to individual cash-generating units, or otherwise they are allocated to the 
smallest group of cash-generating units for which a reasonable and consistent allocation basis can be identified.

Intangible assets with an indefinite useful life are tested for impairment at least annually and whenever there is an 
indication at the end of a reporting period that the asset may be impaired.

Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. In assessing value in use, the 
estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current 
market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash 
flows have not been adjusted.

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash-generating unit) is estimated to be less than the carrying amount, the 
carrying amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is 
recognised immediately in profit or loss, unless the relevant asset is carried at a revalued amount, in which case the 
impairment loss is treated as a revaluation decrease, and to the extent that the impairment loss is greater than the 
related revaluation surplus, the excess impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss.

Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is
increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed 
the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset (or 
cash-generating unit) in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognised immediately in profit or loss to the 
extent that it eliminates the impairment loss which has been recognised for the asset in prior years.

Right-of-use assets are tested for impairment annually whenever there is an indication at the end of the reporting 
period that the asset may be impaired.

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN SectionStrategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

105

Investments in subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities over which the Company has power to govern the financial and operating policies so as to 
obtain benefits from its activities. Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the 
Company. They are deconsolidated from the date on which control ceases.

Investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less any provision for impairment. The investments in subsidiaries are 
considered for impairment on a biannual basis.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at bank and in hand with maturities of three months or less. Bank overdrafts 
are presented in current liabilities to the extent that there is no right of offset with cash balances.

Pension costs and other post-retirement benefits
The Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme. Contributions payable to the Group’s pension scheme are 
charged to the income statement in the period to which they relate.

Intercompany
Intercompany transactions are recorded at fair value on initial recognition and then amortised cost to enable recognition 
of any expected credit losses. Expected credit losses on intercompany balances are assessed at each balance sheet 
date. The probability of default (PD) and loss given default (LGD) are determined for each loan based on the subsidiary’s 
available funding and cash flow forecasts. 

Taxation
Current tax, including UK corporation tax and foreign tax, is provided at amounts expected to be paid (or recovered) 
using the tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the 
consolidated financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit. Deferred 
tax is valued at the prevailing rates at which it is expected to unwind.

Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences.

Deferred tax assets are generally recognised for all deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable 
that taxable profits will be available against which those deductible temporary differences can be utilised.

Such deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition 
(other than in a business combination) of assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the taxable profit nor 
the accounting profit. In addition, deferred tax liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from the 
initial recognition of goodwill.

Finance costs
Finance costs comprise the interest expense on external borrowings which are recognised in the income statement in the 
period in which they are incurred and the funding arrangement fees which were prepaid and are being amortised to the 
income statement over the length of the funding arrangement. Finance costs also include interest on lease liabilities.

Leasehold
Costs incurred in refurbishing or fitting out leasehold properties are capitalised and depreciated over the length of the 
relevant lease. At period end these assets had a £nil carrying value, having been fully depreciated in prior periods.

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section106

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the 52-week period ended 27 February 2021

1.  Accounting policies continued

Group restructuring reserve
The Group reconstruction reserve was created within the Company balance sheet during the financial year ending 
28 February 2015. This was required following the Company’s acquisition of 100% of the Ordinary Share capital of 
Shopacheck Financial Services Limited (SFS) from its then Parent Company, and the subsequent hive up of the trade 
and assets of SFS into the Company at carrying value.

The Group reconstruction reserve was initially accounted for using merger accounting, with the assets and liabilities of 
SFS therefore being transferred into the Company at carrying value rather than fair value. The difference between the 
carrying value of the assets and liabilities transferred and the consideration paid was taken directly to the Group 
reconstruction reserve.

There has been no change to the balance held within this reserve since it was initially recognised and this is due to the 
Company continuing to own 100% of the Ordinary Share capital of SFS.

Share-based payments
The Company operates three equity-settled share-based compensation schemes for Directors and three for employees.

The fair value of the share options granted is recognised over the vesting period to reflect the achievement of 
performance conditions over time. The charge relating to grants to employees of the Company is recognised as an 
expense in the income statement.

The fair value of the share options granted, excluding the impact of any non-market vesting conditions, is calculated using 
established option pricing models, being Monte Carlo simulation or Black-Scholes. The probability of meeting non-market 
vesting conditions, which include profitability targets, is used to estimate the number of share options which are likely to vest.

Exceptional items
Exceptional items are items that are unusual because of their size, nature or incidence and which the Directors consider 
should be disclosed separately to enable a full understanding of the Group’s results. Exceptional income and costs are 
recognised in the income statement in the period they are incurred. 

Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is 
probable that the Group will be required to settle that obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of 
the obligation.

The amount recognised as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation 
at the reporting date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. Where a provision is 
measured using the cash flows estimated to settle the present obligation, its carrying amount is the present value of 
those cash flows (when the effect of the time value of money is material).

When some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a provision are expected to be recovered from a third party, 
a receivable is recognised as an asset if it is virtually certain that reimbursement will be received and the amount of the 
receivable can be measured reliably

Contingent liabilities
Contingent liabilities are possible obligations depending on whether some uncertain future event occurs, or present 
obligations where an economic outflow of resources is not probable, or the amount cannot be measured reliably.  
Contingent liabilities are not recognised in the balance sheet, but relevant information is disclosed, unless the possibility 
of an outflow of economic resources is remote.

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN SectionStrategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

107

Segment reporting
IFRS 8 Operating Segments requires segments to be identified on the basis of internal reports that are regularly 
reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM). The Chief Operating Decision Maker is the Executive 
Committee (ExCo).

The accounting policies of the reportable segments are consistent with the accounting policies of the Group as a whole. 
Segment profit represents the profit earned by each segment. This is the measure of profit that is reported to the Board 
of Directors for the purpose of resource allocation and the assessment of segment performance.

When assessing segment performance and considering the allocation of resources, the Board of Directors review 
information about segment assets and liabilities. For this purpose, all assets and liabilities are allocated to reportable 
segments with the exception of intangible assets and current and deferred tax assets and liabilities.

Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
The following areas are the critical judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty that the Directors have made 
in applying the Group’s accounting policies:

Critical accounting judgements
There are no critical accounting judgements.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty
Impairment
Under IFRS 9 an impairment provision is recognised for expected credit losses on financial assets measured at 
amortised cost based on expected future credit losses. At the reporting date £36.6m (2020: £48.1m) was recognised as 
an impairment provision against amounts receivable from customers.

The Group is required to estimate the quantum and timing of cash flows that will be recovered, which are discounted to 
present value based on the EIR of the loan. Receivables are impaired when the cumulative amount of two or more 
contractual weekly payments have been missed in the previous 13 weeks, since only at this point do the expected future 
cash flows from loans deteriorate significantly. Impairment is calculated using models which use historical payment 
performance to generate the estimated amount and timing of future cash flows from each arrears stage. Management 
use a combination of historical cash performance curves to estimate future cash flows. These estimations are revised 
annually and approved by management.

A key estimate within the impairment provision is the collection curves. Management have considered the best way to 
deal with the Covid-19 event and its impact on the impairment provision and income recognition. It was determined that 
continuing to use a flat five year average of the cash curves would materially understate the provision. A weighting of 
the individual cash curves to give more prominence to the most recent cohort was adopted. 

Option 1
Option 2
Option 3
Option 4

Dec-15

Dec-16

Dec-17

Dec-18

Dec-19

20%
15%
10%
0%

20%
15%
10%
0%

20%
15%
10%
0%

20%
15%
10%
0%

20%
40%
60%
100%

Impairment 
Provision

(£32.1m)
(£32.3m)
(£32.6m)
(£33.1m)

Deferred 
Income

(£20.8m)
(£21.4m)
(£21.4m)
(£21.4m)

Management believes that weighting option 3 is this most reflective of the impact of Covid-19 on the Group’s revenue 
and impairment.

Please note that the remote lending and collection model of our Digital lending business has resulted in a smaller 
Covid-19 impact, and therefore management have not applied this weighting to the Digital Division. The impairment 
numbers above are for Home Collect Credit only.

The following sensitivities are in relation to HCC only given Digital is not materially sensitive in this area. 

Based on past experience, actual cash collections could vary by up to 5% from this estimate. If cash collections were 5% 
higher/lower than this estimate, the impact on the impairment provision would be £4.4m (2020: £11.0m) higher/lower. 
The prior year impact was measured on a 10% variation on the estimate of cash collections.

Another key estimate is the determination of whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk on financial 
assets since initial recognition which determines whether 12-month or lifetime expected credit losses are recognised. If 
lifetime expected credit losses were recognised on all assets this would result in an increase in expected credit losses of 
£0.5m (2020: £0.5m). The sensitivity is of a small magnitude due to the short-term nature of the products.

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section108

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the 52-week period ended 27 February 2021

1.  Accounting policies continued

Key sources of estimation uncertainty continued
Revenue recognition
Under IFRS 9 interest income is recognised by applying the EIR to the carrying value of a loan. The EIR is calculated at 
inception and represents the rate which exactly discounts the future contractual cash receipts from a loan to the amount 
of cash advanced under that loan.

Management determined that continuing to use a flat five year average of the average lives would materially understate 
the provision. A weighting of the individual cash curves to give more prominence to the most recent cohort was adopted. 
Details of the weightings considered can be found on page 107.

The following sensitivities are in relation to HCC only given Digital is not materially sensitive in this area. 

If the expected life of the loan lengthens by two weeks, as has been seen under Covid-19, it is estimated that revenue 
would be approximately £0.6m (2020: £0.8m) lower. The maximum movement in the average life year on year  
for the last five years has been two weeks, therefore this is considered to be a reasonable basis for the sensitivity 
analysis performed.

Impairment of non-financial assets and goodwill 
In assessing impairment, management estimates the recoverable amount of each asset or cash-generating unit based 
on expected future cash flows and uses a weighted average cost of capital (WACC) of 13% to discount them. The 
absolute headroom for Shelby Finance Ltd is £154.7m. The annual growth rate in year one is -138%, year two is 308%, 
year three is 58% and every +/- 1% change in the annual growth rate results in a +/- £0.1m change to the cumulative 
discounted cash flow over the same period. Every +/- 1% change in the discount rate results in a +/- £12.9m change in  
the estimated recoverable amount. The terminal growth rate used in the calculation is 2% and every +/- 0.5% change  
in the terminal growth rate results in a +/- £7.0m change to the recoverable amount. Estimation uncertainty relates to 
assumptions about future operating results and the determination of a suitable discount rate and future growth rates.

2.  Staff costs 

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Other pension costs

Total staff costs

Redundancy costs

Total staff costs

Group

Company

52 weeks
ended
27.2.21
£000

22,059
2,588
979

25,626 

1,172

26,798 

53 weeks
ended
29.2.20
£000

22,519
2,589
1,038

26,146

933

27,079

52 weeks
ended
27.2.21
£000

17,453
2,171
770

20,394

1,122

21,516

53 weeks
ended
29.2.20
£000

16,772
2,026
792

19,590

734

20,324

Redundancy costs are a combination of post-acquisition integration costs and business as usual restructuring costs. The 
table above excludes the network of self-employed agents.

The average monthly number of employees during the period was as follows:

Management
Clerical & field staff

Group

Company

52 weeks
ended
27.2.21

53 weeks
ended
29.2.20

52 weeks
ended
27.2.21

53 weeks
ended
29.2.20

218
382

600

201
439

640

182
289

471

164
335

499

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN SectionStrategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

109

3.  Exceptional gains

Deferred consideration on acquisition

Total exceptional gain

52 weeks
ended
27.2.21
£000

–

–

53 weeks
ended
29.2.20
£000

2,335

2,335

In 2020 exceptional items were made up of the release of deferred consideration in relation to the acquisition of U 
Holdings Limited amounting to £2,335,000.

4.  Profit before tax 

The operating profit is stated after charging:

Depreciation – owned assets
Amortisation of intangibles
Depreciation of right-of-use asset
Impairment of financial assets
Operating lease rentals – motor vehicles
Operating lease rentals – property

Directors’ and key management personnel remuneration includes the following expenses:

Short-term employee benefits
Post-employment benefits
Long-term benefits
Share-based payments

The number of Directors to whom retirement benefits were accruing was as follows:
Money purchase schemes

Information regarding the highest paid Director is as follows:

Emoluments
Pension contributions to money purchase schemes

The analysis of auditor’s remuneration is as follows:

Fees payable to the Company’s auditors for the audit of the Group’s annual accounts

Total audit fees

Audit-related assurance services
Corporate finance services

Total non-audit fees

52 weeks
ended
27.2.21
£000

329
2,811
1,586
20,794
205
443

53 weeks
ended
29.2.20
£000

740
3,135
1,696
36,358
339
710

52 weeks
ended
27.2.21
£000

53 weeks
ended
29.2.20
£000

1,055
32
–
248

1,335

4

979
25
275
134

1,413

3

52 weeks
ended
27.2.21
£000

462
17

53 weeks
ended
29.2.20
£000

570
15

52 weeks
ended
27.2.21
£000

53 weeks
ended
29.2.20
£000

312

312

35
–

35

410

410

30
55

85

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section110

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the 52-week period ended 27 February 2021

5.  Segment reporting

IFRS 8 requires segment reporting to be determined by the internal financial and operational information reported to 
the Chief Operating Decision Maker. The Group’s Chief Operating Decision Maker is deemed to be the ExCo whose 
primary responsibility is to support the CEO in managing the Group’s day-to-day operations and trading performance. 
On this basis the Group has determined it has two cash generating units for the purposes of segmental reporting 
comprising Home Collected Credit (Morses Club) and Digital (Shelby Finance Limited and U Holdings Limited). These two 
cash generating units are then assessed for impairment, see note 11. The Group’s operations are all located in the United 
Kingdom and all revenue is attributable to customers in the United Kingdom.

Revenue

Profit/(loss) before taxation

52 weeks
ended
27.2.21
£000

86,430
13,804

53 weeks
ended
29.2.20
£000

119,269
14,382

52 weeks
ended
27.2.21
£000

14,050
(10,512)

53 weeks
ended
29.2.20
£000

22,940
(11,225)

100,234

133,651

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

3,538

36
–
(3,118)
–

11,715

750
(213)
(3,136)
2,335

100,234

133,651

456

11,451

Group

Home Collected Credit
Digital

Total Group before amortisation of acquisition intangibles and 

exceptional items

Intra-Group elimination*
Group acquisition costs
Amortisation of intangibles
Exceptional items

Total Group

Group

Home Collected Credit
Digital

Segment assets

Segment liabilities

Net assets/(liabilities)

27.2.21
£000

114,485
23,260

29.2.20
£000

124,462
21,145

27.2.21
£000

(21,255)
(23,976)

29.2.20
£000

(42,543)
(22,691)

27.2.21
£000

93,230
(716)

29.2.20
£000

81,919
(1,546)

Total before intra-Group elimination

137,745

145,607

(45,231)

(65,234)

92,514

80,373

Eliminations*
Intra-Group elimination

Total Group

(25,290)
(19,665)

(11,103)
(20,448)

3,429
19,665

1,386
20,448

(21,861)
–

(9,717)
–

92,790 

114,056

(22,137)

(43,400)

70,653

70,656

*  Group assets includes fixed asset investment of £23,011,415 (2020: £11,011,415), a tax asset of £40,000 (2020: £72,000) which are offset by intangible 
assets on acquisition £Nil (2020: £380,000), goodwill on acquisition £Nil (2019: £192,000) and inter-company provision £786,000 (2020: £750,000) 
which are not attributable to a specific segment.

Group

Home Collected Credit
Digital

Total Group

Capital expenditure

Depreciation

Amortisation

27.2.21
£000

1,727 
3,891 

5,618 

29.2.20
£000

27.2.21
£000

29.2.20
£000

2,586 
2,872 

5,458 

170 
159 

329 

257 
483 

740 

27.2.21
£000

2,101 
710

2,811 

29.2.20
£000

2,186 
950 

3,136 

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN SectionStrategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

111

6.  Finance costs

Lease liabilities
Other interest payable

Total interest payable

7.  Taxation

Analysis of the tax charge
The tax charge on profit before tax for the period was as follows: 

Current tax
UK corporation tax
Adjustment in respect of prior years

Total current tax

Origination and temporary timing differences
Adjustment in respect of prior years
Effect of change of tax rates

Total deferred tax

Tax on profit on ordinary activities

52 weeks 
ended
27.2.21
£000

353
2,007

2,360

53 weeks 
ended
29.2.20
£000

472
2,783

3,255

52 weeks 
ended
27.2.21
£000

53 weeks 
ended
29.2.20
£000

318
24

342

(103)
- 
-

(103) 

239

1,866 
(3)

1,863

124 
1 
(14)

111 

1,974 

Factors affecting the tax charge
The tax assessed for the period is lower than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK. The difference is explained 
below:

52 weeks 
ended
27.2.21
£000

53 weeks 
ended
29.2.20
£000

Profit before exceptional costs
Exceptional gains

Profit on ordinary activities before tax

Profit on ordinary activities before exceptional items
Profit on ordinary activities multiplied by the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 

19% (2020: 19%)

Effects of:
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes 
Release of deferred consideration
Adjustment in respect of prior periods
Rate difference – deferred tax
Movement in amounts not provided in deferred tax

Tax losses surrendered by another group company

Fixed asset differences

Tax on profit on ordinary activities

456
-

456 

 9,116 
 2,335 

 11,451 

87

 2,176 

233 
-
 24 
(67)
 9

(52)

5

 239 

 85 
(290)
 13 
(13)
 3 

–

–

 1,974 

The standard rate of corporation tax applicable for the period ended 27 February 2021 is 19% (2020: 19%), the effective 
tax rate is 52% (2020: 17%). Deferred tax is calculated in full on temporary differences under the liability method using a 
rate of 19% (2020: 17%). The increase in the main rate of corporation tax was substantively enacted on 17 March 2020. 
The rate of 19% is applicable from 1 April 2020, rather than the previously enacted reduction of 17%. An increase to the 
main rate of corporation tax in the UK to 25% was announced in the 2021 Budget, and is expected to come into effect in 
2023. This will increase the future tax charge accordingly.

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section 
 
 
 
 
 
112

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the 52-week period ended 27 February 2021

8.  Dividend per share

Dividend (£000)
Weighted average number of shares (000’s)

Per share amount (pence)

52 weeks 
ended
27.2.21
£000

1,312
131,383

1.00

53 weeks 
ended
29.2.20
£000

10,162
130,531

7.78

Subject to shareholder approval at the Annual General Meeting on 22 June 2021, the Board proposes to pay a final 
dividend of 2.0 pence per Ordinary Share payable on 30 July 2021 to all shareholders on the register at the close of 
business on 2 July 2021.

9.  Earnings per share

Earnings (£000)

Number of shares
Weighted average number of shares
Effect of dilutive potential Ordinary Shares through share options (‘000s)

Weighted average number of shares for the purposes of diluted earnings per share (‘000s)

Basic earnings per share amount (pence)

Diluted earnings per share amount (pence)

52 weeks 
ended
27.2.21

218 

53 weeks 
ended
29.2.20

9,477 

131,383
200

131,583

0.17

0.17

130,531
843

 131,374

 7.26 

7.21

Diluted earnings per share calculates the effect on earnings per share assuming conversion of all dilutive potential
Ordinary Shares. Dilutive potential Ordinary Shares are calculated for awards outstanding under performance-related 
share incentive schemes such as the Deferred Share Plans. The number of dilutive potential Ordinary Shares is 
calculated based on the number of shares which would be issuable if the performance targets have been met.

10.  Profit of Parent Company

As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the profit and loss account of the Parent Company is not 
presented as part of these financial statements.

The Parent Company’s profit for the financial period was £11,531,489 (2020: £18,705,000).

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN SectionStrategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

113

11. Goodwill

Cost
At 23 February 2019
Additions 2019/20

At 29 February 2020
Additions 2020/21

At 27 February 2021

Impairment
At 23 February 2019

Impairment loss for the period

At 29 February 2020

Impairment loss for the period

At 27 February 2021

Net book value
At 27 February 2021

At 29 February 2020

At 23 February 2019

Note

26

Group 
Goodwill
£000

Company 
Goodwill
£000

3,834
9,496

13,330
–

13,330

(333)

(16)

(349)

(127)

(476)

12,854

12,981

3,501

3,642
–

3,642
–

3,642

(333)

(16)

(349)

–

(349)

3,293

3,293

3,309

Key assumptions used in goodwill impairment review
The market share price of the Company at 27 February 2021 was £0.631, reflecting the market’s view of the current and 
future value of the Group. This share price results in a market capitalisation value for the Company of £83.6m which is 
below the Company’s net asset value of £91.5m and therefore, an indicator of possible impairment. As a result we have, 
assessed the recoverable amount of both the Company’s goodwill and investment in subsidiary. 

The recoverable amount has been calculated using the value in use method. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually or 
more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might be impaired. Determining whether goodwill is impaired 
requires an estimation of the discounted future cash flows of the Company using a discount rate of 13% (FY20: 13%) and 
an initial growth rate over the first three years of 47% (FY20: 22%) followed by a terminal value based on a minimum 
future growth rate of 2% (FY20: 2%). The future cash flows take into account management’s view of the impact from 
Covid-19 on future performance. The Group has conducted a sensitivity analysis on the goodwill impairment assessment 
and believes that there are no reasonably possible changes to the key assumptions in the next year which would result in 
the carrying value of goodwill exceeding the recoverable amount. The key assumptions used in the value in use calculation 
are the growth rates and the discount rates adopted. The growth rates are based on the most recent financial budgets 
approved by the Group Board for the next three years. The discount rates which reflect the time value of money and the 
risks specific to the financial services sector are sourced from an independent third party. No reasonably foreseeable 
reduction in the assumptions would give rise to an impairment and therefore no further sensitivity analysis has been 
presented. The same assumptions have been applied to the goodwill impairment review in both CGUs. The impairment 
loss for the period of £126,260 arose due to the CURO Transatlantic Limited loan book now being fully settled. 

The carrying amount of goodwill has been allocated to cash-generating units see Note 5 as follows: 

HCC
Digital

52 weeks 
ended
27.2.21
£000

3,293
9,561

12,854

53 weeks 
ended
29.2.20
£000

3,293
9,688

12,981

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section114

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the 52-week period ended 27 February 2021

12.  Other intangible assets

Group

Cost
At 23 February 2019
Additions

At 29 February 2020
Additions
Disposals

At 27 February 2021

Accumulated amortisation
At 29 February 2019
Charge for the period

At 29 February 2020
Charge for the period
Eliminated on disposal
Impairment losses

At 27 February 2021

Net book value
At 27 February 2021

At 29 February 2020

At 29 February 2019

Company

Cost
At 23 February 2019
Additions

At 29 February 2020
Additions
Disposals

At 27 February 2021

Accumulated amortisation
At 29 February 2019
Charge for the period

At 29 February 2020
Charge for the period
Eliminated on disposal
Impairment losses

At 27 February 2021

Net book value
At 27 February 2021

At 29 February 2020

At 29 February 2019

Software & 
Licences
£000

Customer 
Lists
£000

Agent 
Networks
£000

8,864
3,897

12,761
5,282
(3,085)

14,958

4,226
1,914

6,140
2,428
(2,115)
–

6,453

8,505

6,621

4,638

21,241
380

21,621
–
–

21,621

19,724
1,191

20,915
329
–
38

21,282

339

706

1,517

874
–

874
–
–

874

808
31

839
16
–
–

855

19

35

66

Software & 
Licences
£000

Customer 
Lists
£000

Agent 
Networks
£000

8,687
2,511

11,198
1,625
(1,633)

11,190

4,171
1,734

5,905
1,969
(1,633)
–

6,241

4,949

5,293

4,516

3,689
–

3,689
–
–

3,689

2,957
438

3,395
124
–
38

3,557

132

294

732

154
–

154
–
–

154

119
16

135
8
–
–

143

11

19

35

Total
£000

30,979
4,277

35,256
5,282
(3,085)

37,453

24,758
3,136

27,894
2,773
(2,115)
38

28,590

8,863

7,362

6,221

Total
£000

12.530
2,511

15,041
1,625
(1,633)

15,033

7,247
2,188

9,435
2,101
(1,633)
38

9,941

5,092

5,606

5,283

Impairment losses relate to the Hays Customer List amounting to £38,000.
Research and development expenditure expensed during the year was £nil (2020: £nil).

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN SectionStrategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

115

IAS 38.122 requires the Group to disclose the carrying value and remaining amortisation period of individually material 
intangible assets. The table below includes all intangible assets that are considered to be individually material as at 
27 February 2021, at both Group and Company level. Intangibles from acquisition activities represent the estimated fair 
value arising on the point of acquisition. The amounts in respect of customer lists and broker relationships are calculated 
on the discounted cash flows associated with the specific business area and based on the realisation of the expected 
benefits from these relationships. These amounts are amortised over the maximum useful life of 10 years from the date 
of acquisition.

Significant Group intangible assets

Group

Intangible assets

Carrying Value as at
27 February 2021
£000

Carrying Value as at
29 February 2020
£000

Amortisation
period
Years

Morses Club acquired customer lists
Morses Club IT software development (CAP/MAP)
Shelby IT software development (Anchor/Sentinel)

339 
4,949 
 3,287 

 706 
 5,293 
 1,056 

10 years
Various at 20% – 33% PA
 Various at 20% – 33% PA 

Company

Intangible assets

Carrying Value as at
27 February 2021
£000

Carrying Value as at
29 February 2020
£000

Amortisation
period
Years

Morses Club acquired customer lists
Morses Club IT software development (CAP/MAP)

132 
 4,949 

 294 
 5,293 

10 years
Various at 20% – 33% PA

13.  Property, plant and equipment 

Group

Cost
At 23 February 2019
Additions

At 29 February 2020
Additions
Disposals

At 29 February 2021

Depreciation
At 23 February 2019
Charge for the period

At 29 February 2020
Charge for the period
Eliminated on disposal

At 27 February 2021

Net book value
At 27 February 2021

At 29 February 2020

At 23 February 2019

Computers & 
Tablets
£000

Fixtures & 
Fittings
£000

Leasehold
£000

2,453
688

3,141
165
(736)

2,570

2,106
673

2,779
201
(669)

2,311

259

362

347

168
492

660
171
(77)

754

137
67

204
128
(53)

279

475

456

31

3
–

3
–
(3)

–

3
–

3
–
(3)

–

–

–

–

Totals
£000

2,624
1,180

3,804
336
(816)

3,324

2,246
740

2,986
329
(725)

2,590

734

818

378

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section116

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the 52-week period ended 27 February 2021

13.  Property, plant and equipment continued

Company

Cost
At 23 February 2019
Additions

At 29 February 2020
Additions
Disposals

At 29 February 2021

Depreciation
At 23 February 2019
Charge for the period

At 29 February 2020
Charge for the period
Eliminated on disposal

At 27 February 2021

Net book value
At 27 February 2021

At 29 February 2020

At 23 February 2019

14.  Investment in subsidiaries

Cost
At 23 February 2019
Additions – Shelby share issue

At 29 February 2020
Additions – Shelby share issue

At 29 February 2021

Computers & 
Tablets
£000

Fixtures & 
Fittings
£000

Leasehold
£000

2,045
64

2,109
103
(290)

1,922

1,698
240

1,938
153
(290)

1,801

121

171

347

157
11

168
–
(43)

125

126
17

143
17
(43)

117

8

25

31

–
–

–
–
–

–

–
–

–
–
–

–

–

–

–

Totals
£000

2,202
75

2,277
103
(333)

2,047

1,824
257

2,081
170
(333)

1,918

129

196

378

Company
£000

2,861
8,150

11,011
12,000

23,011

The Company owns 100% of the Ordinary Share capital of the following subsidiary undertakings, which are included in 
the Group’s consolidation:
•  Shopacheck Financial Services Limited (SFS), a company registered in England and Wales (company number: 
07067456) with Registered Office: Building 1, The Phoenix Centre, 1 Colliers Way, Nottingham NG8 6AT, whose 
principal activity was the provision of consumer credit and is currently non-trading.

•  Shelby Finance Limited (SFL), a company registered in England and Wales (company number: 08117620) with 

Registered Office: Building 1, The Phoenix Centre, 1 Colliers Way, Nottingham NG8 6AT, whose principal activity is the 
provision of consumer credit.

As the net assets of SFL are insufficient to cover the investment value, a review of the investment carrying value in 
Shelby and the exposure of intercompany loans has been performed using forecast future cash flows of the Digital 
business. As the discounted future cash flows equate to a multiple of the investment value with headroom, no provision 
for impairment has been made. See Note 12 on page 114.

Shopacheck Financial Services Limited and U Holdings Limited both qualify for an exemption to audit under the 
requirements of section 480 of the Companies Act 2006. Shelby Finance Limited qualifies for an exemption to audit 
under the requirements of section 479A of the Companies Act 2006. As such, no audit has been conducted for these 
companies in the current financial year.

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN SectionStrategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

117

15.  Right-of-use assets

Group

Right-of-use assets
At 29 February 2020
Additions
Disposals

At 27 February 2021

Accumulated depreciation 
At 29 February 2020
Charged to the income statement
Disposals

At 27 February 2021

Net book value
At 27 February 2021

At 29 February 2020

Company 

Right-of-use assets
Cost 
At 29 February 2020
Additions
Disposals

At 27 February 2021

Depreciation 
At 29 February 2020
Charged to the income statement
Disposals

At 27 February 2021

Net book value 
At 27 February 2021

At 29 February 2020

Building  
£000

 Equipment  
£000

 Vehicles  
£000

1,888 
98 
(612)

1,374 

515 
474 
(393)

596 

778 

1,373 

970 
427 
(25)

1,372 

328 
451 
(16)

763 

609 

642 

1,537 
235 
(314)

1,458 

769 
661 
(281)

1,149 

309 

768 

Building  
£000

Equipment  
£000

Vehicles  
£000

1,161 
75 
(565)

671 

458
365 
(347)

476

195 

703 

970
427
(25)

1,372 

328
451 
(16)

763

609 

642 

1,537
235 
(314)

1,458 

769
661
(281)

1,149 

309 

768 

 Total  
£000

4,395 
760 
(951)

4,204 

1,612 
1,586 
(690) 

2,508

1,696 

2,783 

Totals  
£000

3,668 
 737 
(904)

3,501 

1,555 
1,477 
(644)

2,388 

1,113 

2,113

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section118

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the 52-week period ended 27 February 2021

16.  Trade and other receivables

Amounts receivable from customers

Amounts falling due within one year:
Net receivable from advances to customers
Amounts falling due after one year:
Net receivable from advances to customers

Net loan book

Other debtors
Intercompany funding
Prepayments

Group

Company

27.2.21
£000

29.2.20
£000

27.2.21
£000

29.2.20
£000

53,408 

72,171

47,952 

67,294

82

53,490 

2,880 
–
3,434 

657

72,828

1,718 
–
3,039

59,804 

77,585

–

47,952 

2,046 
20,987 
2,254 

73,239

586

67,880

1,167 
19,698 
1,795

90,540

Within the Company, an impairment provision of £0.8m (2020: £0.8m) is held against amounts owed by Group 
undertakings due in less than one year. The Company has assessed the estimated credit losses representing the 
probability of default and loss given default for these intercompany loans by considering the forecast future cash flows 
of the Digital business, as a result of which, there has been a £0.0m charge to the Company income statement in 2021 
(2020: £0.8m). 

Amounts receivable from customers

Analysis by future date due
– due within one year
– due in more than one year

Amounts receivable from customers

Analysis by security
Other loans not secured

Amounts receivable from customers

Group

Company

27.2.21
£000

53,490 

53,408
82

53,490 

29.2.20
£000

72,828 

72,171 
657 

72,828 

27.2.21
£000

47,952

47,952 
–

47,952 

29.2.20
£000

67,880 

67,294 
586 

67,880 

53,490 

53,490 

72,828 

72,828 

47,952 

47,952 

67,880 

67,880 

Impairment provisions are recognised on inception of a loan based on the expected 12-month losses or the lifetime 
losses of the loan. Further details can be found on page 102 of the Annual Report and Accounts.

At 27 February 2021 the amounts receivable from customers are as follows:

Gross carrying amount
Impairment provision

Net amounts receivable

Group

Company

27.2.21
£000

90,063 
(36,573)

53,490 

29.2.20
£000

120,946 
(48,118)

72,828 

27.2.21
£000

80,529 
(32,577)

47,952 

29.2.20
£000

112,773 
(44,893)

67,880 

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

119

Amounts receivable from Group customers can be reconciled as follows:

Group

Gross carrying amount
At 29 February 2020
New financial assets originated
Net transfers and changes in credit risk:
From Stage 1 to Stage 2
From Stage 1 to Stage 3
From Stage 2 to Stage 1
From Stage 2 to Stage 3
From Stage 3 to Stage 1
From Stage 3 to Stage 2
Write-offs
Collections
Revenue
Other Movements

At 27 February 2021

Loan loss provision account
At 29 February 2020
Movements through income statement:
New financial assets originated
Net transfers and changes in credit risk:
From Stage 1 to Stage 2
From Stage 1 to Stage 3
From Stage 2 to Stage 1
From Stage 2 to Stage 3
From Stage 3 to Stage 1
From Stage 3 to Stage 2
Remeasurements within existing stage
Reversal of Covid-19 overlay

Total movements through income statement
Other movements
Write-offs
Other movements

Loan loss provision account at 27 February 2021

Reported amounts receivable from customers at  

27 February 2021

Reported amounts receivable from customers at  

29 February 2020

Ref

Stage 1
£000

Stage 2
£000

Stage 3
£000

Total
£000

1

2
2
2
2
2
2
3
4
5
6

7

2
2
2
2
2
2
3
8

3
6

 60,345 
 129,004 

(30,617)
(9,314)
 2,147 
 – 
 90 
 – 
(9,310)
(185,567)
 90,973 
1,012

 34,602 
 4 

 30,617 
 – 
(2,147)
(10,415)
 – 
 2,755 
(9,224)
(34,351)
 8,730 
(6)

 25,999 
 – 

 – 
 9,314 
 – 
 10,415 
(90)
(2,755)
(15,581)
(7,216)
 531 
 118 

 120,946 
 129,008 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
(34,115)
(227,134)
 100,234
1,124 

 48,763 

 20,565 

 20,735 

 90,063 

 9,110 

 16,887 

 22,121 

 48,118 

 18,834 

(12,539)
(7,271)
 318 
–
 25 
–
 10,181 
(1,134)

8,414

(9,310)
–

 8,214 

 2 

 – 

 14,166 
–
(351)
(8,666)
–
 1,758 
(3,379)
(461)

3,069

(9,224)
–

 10,732 

–
 7,841 
–
 8,666 
(28)
(1,758)
(3,295)
(75)

11,351

(15,581)
(264)

 17,627 

 18,836 
 – 
 1,627 
 570 
(33)
–
(3)
–
3,507
(1,670)

22,834 

(34,115)
(264)

 36,573

40,549

9,833

3,108

53,490

51,235

17,715

3,878

72,828

*  References above indicate what each line of the table demonstrates:

(1)  New loans issued in the year
(2)  Staging movements of new loans issued and existing debt brought forward
(3)  Net write-offs per stage 
(4)  Collections per stage 
(5)  Revenue per stage
(6)  Other movements, including acquisitions
(7)  Impairment provision associated with new loans issued in the year
(8)  Covid-19 overlay - This was applied to the 2019/20 impairment provision in respect of the impact of Covid-19 on trading activity and in particular, future 

cash flows as a result of, and a consequence of, the Covid-19 outbreak.

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section 
 
 
 
120

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the 52-week period ended 27 February 2021

16.  Trade and other receivables continued

Group 

Gross carrying amount
At 23 February 2019
New financial assets originated
Net transfers and changes in credit risk:
From Stage 1 to Stage 2
From Stage 1 to Stage 3
From Stage 2 to Stage 1
From Stage 2 to Stage 3
From Stage 3 to Stage 1
From Stage 3 to Stage 2
Write-offs
Collections
Revenue
Other movements

At 29 February 2020

Loan loss provision account
At 23 February 2019

Movements through income statement:
New financial assets originated
Net transfers and changes in credit risk:
From Stage 1 to Stage 2
From Stage 1 to Stage 3
From Stage 2 to Stage 1
From Stage 2 to Stage 3
From Stage 3 to Stage 1
From Stage 3 to Stage 2
Remeasurements within existing stage
Covid-19 overlay

Total movements through income statement
Other movements:
Write-offs
Other movements:

Loan loss provision account at 29 February 2020

Ref* 

Stage 1
£000

Stage 2
£000 

Stage 3
£000 

58,305
190,293

35,190
5

22,041
14

(51,735)
(18,309)
2,031
–
51
–
(6,111)
(242,302)
121,149
6,974 

51,735
–
(2,031)
(11,679)
–
1,849
(7,763)
(44,722)
11,930
88

–
18,309
–
11,679
(51)
(1,849)
(18,787)
(7,086)
572
1,156 

2019/20
IFRS 9
Total
£000 

115,536
190,312
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
(32,661)
(294,110)
133,651
8,218 

60,345

34,602

25,999

120,946

8,179

15,949

18,362

42,490

31,747

(19,497)
(11,160)
401
–
10
–
2,310
1,134

22,263
–
(447)
(9,826)
–
1,142
(5,025)
461

–
14,148
–
9,826
(11)
(1,142)
(51)
75

31,747

2,766
2,988
(46)
–
(1)
–
(2,766)
1,670

4,945

8,568

22,845

36,358

(6,111)
2,097

9,110

51,235

50,126

(7,763)
133

16,887

17,715

19,241

(18,787)
(299)

22,121

3,878

3,679

(32,661)
1,931

48,118

72,828

73,046

1

2
2
2
2
2
2
3
4
5
6

7

2
2
2
2
2
2
3
8

3
6

Reported amounts receivable from customers at 29 February 2020

Reported amounts receivable from customers at 23 February 2019

*  References above indicate what each line of the table demonstrates:

(1)  New loans issued in the year
(2)  Staging movements of new loans issued and existing debt brought forward
(3)  Net write-offs per Stage 
(4)  Collections per Stage 
(5)  Revenue per Stage
(6)  Other movements, including acquisitions
(7)  Impairment provision associated with new loans issued in the year
(8)  Covid-19 overlay - This was applied to the 2019/20 impairment provision in respect of the impact of Covid-19 on trading activity and in particular, future 

cash flows as a result of, and a consequence of, the Covid-19 outbreak.

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

121

A breakdown of the gross receivable by internal credit risk rating is shown below:

2020/21

Group credit risk grade

Very good
Good
Satisfactory
Lower quality

Total

2019/20

Group credit risk grade

Very good
Good
Satisfactory
Lower quality

Total

Stage 1
£000

 32,285 
 14,330 
 1,719 
 431 

 48,765 

Stage 1
£000

39,037
18,918
1,924
467

60,346

Stage 2
£000 

 8,910 
 9,833 
 1,340 
 481 

Stage 3
£000 

 9,407 
 8,628 
 622 
 2,077 

 20,564 

 20,734 

Stage 2
£000 

13,770
17,492
2,586
754

34,602

Stage 3
£000 

10,861
10,230
1,426
3,481

25,998

Gross 
Carrying 
Value 
£000

 50,602 
 32,791 
 3,681 
 2,989 

 90,063 

Total
£000

63,668
46,640
5,936
4,702

120,946

Internal credit risk rating reflects the internal credit risk grade of customers at the year end. The table above illustrates 
the split of the gross carrying value at the year-end by the latest customer credit scores at the time of issue. Customers 
are re-scored if they decide to renew.

17. Trade and other payables

Trade creditors
Amounts owed to Group undertakings
Social security and other taxes
Other creditors
Customer complaints provision
Accrued expenses

18.  Bank and other borrowings: amounts falling due after one year

Bank loans
Unamortised arrangement fees

Group

Company

27.2.21
£000

3,842 
–
925 
778 
2,012
4,494 

12,051

29.2.20
£000

3,331 
–
571 
537 
–
2,284 

6,723

27.2.21
£000

2,956 
1,321 
925 
740 
2,012
3,916

11,870

29.2.20
£000

2,887 
1,321 
571 
522 
–
1,328 

6,629

Group and Company

27.2.21
£000

 8,500 
(198)

 8,302 

29.2.20
£000

 34,000 
(162)

 33,838 

In November 2018 the Company signed a £10,000,000 loan facility to bring its total revolving credit facilities to 
£50,000,000. In addition, the Company also signed a £15,000,000 mezzanine facility, of which £5,000,000 is 
committed and £10,000,000 is uncommitted. 

In April 2020 an extension of the funding arrangement from August 2020 to the end of November 2021 was signed with 
the incumbent lender consortium, and subsequently further extended to December 2021. The facility limit was reduced 
from £55m committed to £40m to better match the needs of the business post Covid-19. By reducing this unused 
headroom and repaying the £5m mezzanine layer, non-utilisation charges for any given level of borrowing will be 
reduced and therefore so too will the overall cost of funding.

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section122

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the 52-week period ended 27 February 2021

18.  Bank and other borrowings: amounts falling due after one year continued

In May 2021 we successfully reached agreement with a new two lender consortium, for a more cost efficient and 
slightly lower £35m facility, extended to December 2022. The new facility will continue funding our existing HCC 
products, but crucially, it will unlock funding for our Dot Dot loan products and help the business achieve its immediate 
strategic objectives.

As anticipated the impact of Covid-19 resulted in reduced lending volumes, a smaller loan book and lower levels of 
borrowing. In FY21 borrowing peaked at £22.5m in December 2020 (December 2019: £40m). The bank loan is made up 
of a revolving credit facility held with Shawbrook Bank Limited, a major high street bank and a private equity firm. Under 
the terms of the loan covenants, the loan book is held as collateral against the funds borrowed. The net carrying value of 
the loan book at the reporting date was £53,490,135 (2020: £72,827,727).

19.  Leases

Current
Non-current

Existing:
Within one year
Between one and five years
In more than five years

Existing:
Within one year
Between one and five years
In more than five years

Group
27.2.21
£’000

790 
994 

1,784 

Group
29.2.20
£’000

1,286 
1,553 

2,839 

Company
27.2.21
£’000

Company
29.2.20
£’000

740 
343 

1,083 

1,228 
848 

2,076

Other operating leases

Land & buildings

Total

Group 
27.2.21
£000

Company 
27.2.21
£000

Group 
27.2.21
£000

Company 
27.2.21
£000

Group 
27.2.21
£000

Company 
27.2.21
£000

686 
291 
–

977 

686 
291 
–

977 

104 
335 
368 

807 

54 
52 
–

106 

790 
626 
368 

740 
343 
–

1,784 

1,083 

Other operating leases

Land & buildings

Total

Group
29.2.20
£’000

Company 
29.2.20
£’000

Group 
29.2.20
£’000

Company 
29.2.20
£’000

Group 
29.2.20
£’000

Company 
29.2.20
£’000

909 
575 
–

909 
575 
–

377 
533 
445 

1,484 

1,484 

1,355 

319 
267 
6 

592 

1,286 
1,108 
445 

2,839 

1,228 
842 
6 

2,076

The total cash outflow from leases in the 52 weeks ended 27 February 2021 amounted to £1,851,976 for the Group 
including short-term lease cash outflows of £12,949. At the end of the period, the Group is also committed to £Nil for 
short-term leases. Total cash outflows for the Company amounted to £1,685,719. 

20.  Operating lease commitments

The following lease obligations fall outside of the scope of IFRS 16. The amounts committed to be paid under the terms of 
these lease agreements are as follows:

Group and Company

Existing:
Within one year
Between one and five years

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Land & buildings

27.2.21
£000

29.2.20
£000

35 
9 

44 

158 
45 

203 

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

123

21.  Deferred tax

Fixed asset temporary differences
Other temporary differences

Deferred tax asset

Group

Company

27.2.21
£000

29.2.20
£000

27.2.21
£000

29.2.20
£000

(142)
 723

 581 

(165)
 824 

 659 

(46)
 717 

 671 

(165)
 962 

 797 

Deferred tax assets have been recognised in respect of all tax losses and other temporary differences where the 
Directors believe it is probable that these assets will be recovered.

Group  
£000

Company  
£000

Balance as at 29 February 2020
Accelerated capital allowances
Deferred tax charge in profit and loss account for period – CY
Deferred tax charge in profit and loss account for period – PY
Deferred tax rate change

Short-term timing differences
Deferred tax charge in profit and loss account for period – CY
Deferred tax charge in profit and loss account for period – PY

Deferred tax rate change

Intangibles
Deferred tax charge in profit and loss account for period – CY
Deferred tax charge in profit and loss account for period – PY
Deferred tax rate change

Share-based payments
Deferred tax charge in profit and loss account for period – CY
Deferred tax charge in profit and loss account for period – PY

Deferred tax rate change
Deferred tax charge on share-based payments

Balance as at 27 February 2021

Asset values for which deferred tax has not been recognised in relation to the tax written 

down value of intangible fixed assets which is not available to deduct against profits until 
the intangibles are realised

Asset values for which deferred tax has not been recognised in relation to tax losses carried 
forward which are available to offset against future taxable profits from the same trade

Total value of assets on which deferred tax has not been recognised

659 

(9)
99
14

(51)
-

49

29
(136)
(31)

97
-

6
(145)

581 

797 

(31)
103
22

(72)
-

64 

(61)
(90)
(17)

97
-

6
(145)

671 

Group  
£000

Company  
£000

508 

46 

554 

508 

128 

636 

Deferred tax assets have been recognised in respect of all tax losses and other temporary differences where the 
Directors believe it is probable that these assets will be recovered.

22.  Called up share capital

Authorised, allotted, issued and fully paid:

Number:

129,500,000

292,100

1,452,400

1,286,095

Class:

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Nominal 
Value:

£0.01 

£0.01 

£0.01 

£0.01 

 27.2.21 
£000

 1,295 

 3 

 14 

 13 

 29.2.20 
£000

 1,295 

 3 

 14 

–

 1,325 

1,312

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
124

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the 52-week period ended 27 February 2021

23.  Reserves

Group

At 23 February 2019
Impact of adoption of IFRS 16

At 24 February 2019

Profit for the period
Deferred tax on acquisitions
Share-based payment charge
Dividends paid

At 29 February 2020

Profit for the period
Share-based payment charge
Dividends paid

At 27 February 2021

Company

At 23 February 2019
Impact of adoption of IFRS 16

At 24 February 2019

Profit for the period
Share-based payment charge
Dividends paid

At 29 February 2020

Profit for the period
Share-based payment charge
Dividends paid

At 27 February 2021

24.  Retirement benefit schemes

Retained  
earnings  
£000

69,681 
154

69,835

9,477 
39 
155 
(10,162)

69,344

217 
1,079 
(1,312)

 Total  
£000

69,681 
154 

69,835 

9,477 
39 
155 
(10,162)

69,344

217 
1,079 
(1,312)

69,328

69,328

Group 
reconstruction 
reserve  
£000

(9,276)
–

(9,276)

–
–
–

(9,276)

–
–
–

(9,276)

Retained  
earnings  
£000

79,710 
154 

79,864 

18,705 
155 
(10,162)

88,562 

11,531 
1,079
(1,312)

99,860 

 Total  
£000

70,434 
154 

70,588 

18,705 
155 
(10,162)

79,286 

11,531
1,079 
(1,312)

90,584 

Defined contribution schemes
The Group operates defined contribution retirement benefit schemes for all qualifying employees. The assets of the 
schemes are held separately from those of the Group in funds under the control of the pension provider. Where there are 
employees who leave the schemes prior to vesting fully in the contributions, the contributions payable by the Group are 
reduced by the amount of forfeited contributions.

The total cost charged of £979,110 (2020: £1,012,918) represents contributions payable to these schemes by the Group 
at rates specified in the rules of the plans. Contributions payable to the schemes at the year end were £186,943  
(2020: £181,195).

25.  Ultimate parent company

The Directors consider there to be no ultimate parent company.

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN SectionStrategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

125

26.  Financial instruments

The Group and the Company’s principal financial instruments are amounts receivable from customers, cash, bank
overdrafts and bank loan.

The Group and the Company’s business objectives rely on maintaining a well spread customer base of carefully
controlled quality by applying strong emphasis on good credit management, both through strict lending criteria at the 
time of underwriting a new credit facility and continuous monitoring of the collection process.

As at 27 February 2021 the Company and Group’s indebtedness amounted to £8.5m (2020: £34m).

Currency risk
The Group has no exposure to foreign currency risk.

Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that the Group will suffer loss in the event of a default by a customer or a bank counterparty.  
A default occurs when the customer or bank fails to honour repayments as they fall due.

The Group has not disclosed impairment allowance split by risk rating as this split is not used internally by the Group to 
monitor loan book performance.

(i) Amounts receivable from customers
The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk on amounts receivable from customers as at 27 February 2021 is the
carrying value of amounts receivable from customers of £53,490,135 (2020: £72,827,727).

The Company’s maximum exposure to credit risk on amounts receivable from customers as at 27 February 2021 is the 
carrying value of amounts receivable from customers of £47,952,408 (2020: £67,880,532).

Home Collected Credit
Credit risk is managed using a combination of lending policy criteria, credit scoring (including behavioural scoring),
policy rules, individual lending approval limits, central underwriting and a home visit to make a decision on applications 
for credit.

The loans offered to customers are short-term, typically a contractual period of between 22 and 53 weeks  
(2020: between 22 and 52 weeks), with an average value of approximately £396 (2020: £355). The loans are 
underwritten in the customers’ home by an agent following a full affordability assessment and eligibility against credit 
policy. Once a loan has been made, the agent visits the customer weekly to collect repayments. The agent is well placed 
to identify signs of strain on a customer’s income and can moderate lending accordingly. Equally, the regular contact and 
professional relationship that the agent has with the customer allows them to manage customers’ repayments 
effectively even when the household budget is tight. This can be in the form of taking part-payments, allowing missed 
payments or occasionally restructuring the debt in order to maximise cash collections.

Agents are paid commission for what they collect and not for what they lend, so their main focus is on ensuring loans are 
affordable at the point of issue and then on collecting cash. Affordability is reassessed by the agent each time an 
existing customer is re-served. This normally takes place within 12 months of the previous loan because of the short-term 
nature of the products.

Write off is when a customer has made no payments on their account for 17 weeks and the account is transferred out of 
field operations to customer support.

Arrears management is a combination of central letters, central telephony, and field activity undertaken by field
management. This will often involve a home visit to discuss the customer’s reasons for non-payment and to agree a 
suitable resolution. 

During the period, loans to the contractual value of £198,346,704 (2020: £298,061,173) were provided to customers.

Digital
The loans provided by Dot Dot Loans are only available online with applications coming directly through the website or 
via brokers; c.90% of new customer loans come via broker applications.

Credit risk is managed using a combination of lending policy criteria, credit scoring (including behavioural scoring for 
returning customers), policy rules, full income and expenditure validation leading to individual lending approval limits. 
Only 7% of applications received are accepted through the lending rules. There is a central underwriting team who 
review applications with discrepancies, prior to funding, on approximately 25% of the loans.

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section126

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the 52-week period ended 27 February 2021

26.  Financial instruments continued

Digital continued
The loans offered to customers are short-term, typically a contractual period of between three months and nine months 
(2020: between three and nine months), with an average value of approximately £363 (2020: £333). Once a loan has 
been made, the customer makes monthly repayments.

The primary repayment method is via direct debit, however, repayments can also be made by a card payment or online 
transfer to the Company.

Write off is when a customer has missed 4 monthly payments and the account is transferred to customer support.

Arrears management is a combination of central letters, central telephony, emails and SMS text messages. This will 
often involve a phone call to discuss the customer’s reasons for non-payment and to agree a suitable resolution. Where 
customers cannot make the monthly repayments our Collections team may discuss an appropriate payment plan to help 
ensure the loan repayments are manageable for the customer. We do not charge missed payment or late fees. The 
Collections team are not paid commission on what they collect.

During the period, loans to the contractual value of £35,339,405 (2020: £27,552,501) were provided to customers.

(ii) Bank counterparties
The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk on bank counterparties as at 27 February 2021 was £8,257,930  
(2020: £11,868,037).

Counterparty credit risk arises as a result of cash deposits placed with banks.

Counterparty credit risk is managed by the Board of Directors which ensures that the Group’s cash deposits are only 
made with high-quality counterparties with the level of permitted exposure to a counterparty firmly linked to the 
strength of its credit rating.

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will have insufficient liquid resources available to fulfil its operational plans and/or 
to meet its financial obligations as they fall due.

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will have insufficient liquid resources available to fulfil its operational plans and/or 
to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. Liquidity risk is managed by daily monitoring of expected cash flows and 
ensuring that the Group maintains headroom on its committed borrowing facilities to fund growth and contractual 
maturities for at least the following 12 months.

In the year, funding was available through a £40m revolving asset-based credit facility and a separate £5m asset-based 
mezzanine credit facility. The Group’s liquidity risk is shown in the following tables which measure the cumulative liquidity 
gap. Most of the Group’s financial assets are repayable within one year which results in a positive liquidity position.

Following FY20 year-end, an initial extension to the funding arrangement from August 2020 to the end of November 
2021 was signed with the incumbent lender consortium, and subsequently followed up with a further extension to 
December 2021. The facility limit was reduced from £55m committed to £40m to better match the needs of the business 
post Covid-19. By reducing this unused headroom and repaying the £5m mezzanine layer, non-utilisation charges for any 
given level of borrowing will be reduced and therefore so too will the overall cost of funding.  Post year end the existing 
£40m facility has been reduced to a £35m facility, with the inclusion of funding for the digital loan book, with a maturity 
date of December 2022 (see note 31 on page 137)

Group 
At 27 February 2021

Financial assets
Other assets
Cash at bank and in hand

Total assets

Shareholders’ funds
Other liabilities
Total liabilities and 

shareholders’ funds

Cumulative position

Less than  
1 year  
£000

 54,795 
 4,927
 8,258 

 67,980 

–
(12,841)

(12,841)

 55,139 

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021

More than  
1 year but not 
more than  
2 years  
£000

More than  
2 years but not 
more than  
5 years  
£000

More than  
5 years  
£000

No fixed 
maturity  
date  
£000

–
 24,728 
–

 24,728 

Total  
£000

 54,877 
 29,655
 8,258 

 92,790

(70,653)
–

(70,653)
(22,137)

(70,653)

(92,790)

–
–
–

–

–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–
–

–

 45,925 

 45,925 

 – 

 – 

82
–
–

82

–
(9,296)

(9,296)

 45,925 

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN SectionStrategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

127

More than  
1 year but not 
more than  
2 years  
£000

More than  
2 years but not 
more than  
5 years  
£000

More than  
5 years  
£000

 46,053 

 46,053 

–

–

More than  
1 year but not 
more than  
2 years  
£000

More than  
2 years but not 
more than  
5 years  
£000

More than  
5 years  
£000

Group 
At 29 February 2020

Financial assets
Other assets
Cash at bank and in hand

Total assets

Shareholders’ funds
Other liabilities
Total liabilities and 

shareholders’ funds

Cumulative position

Company 
At 27 February 2021

Financial assets
Other assets
Cash at bank and in hand

Total assets

Shareholders’ funds
Other liabilities
Total liabilities and 

shareholders’ funds

Cumulative position

Company 
At 29 February 2020

Financial assets
Other assets
Cash at bank and in hand

Total assets

Shareholders’ funds
Other liabilities
Total liabilities and 

shareholders’ funds

Cumulative position

Less than  
1 year  
£000

 72,672 
 4,256 
 11,868 

 88,796 

–
(8,009)

(8,009)

 80,787 

Less than  
1 year  
£000

 49,339 
 23,900 
 6,616 

 79,855 

–
(12,610)

(12,610)

 67,245 

Less than  
1 year  
£000

 67,794 
 22,159 
 9,585 

 99,538 

–
(7,857)

(7,857)

 91,681 

 657 
–
–

 657 

–
(35,391)

(35,391)

 46,053 

–
–
–

–

–
(8,644)

(8,644)

 58,601 

 586 
–
–

 586 

–
(34,686)

(34,686)

 57,581 

No fixed 
maturity  
date  
£000

–
 24,603 
–

 24,603 

Total  
£000

 73,329 
 28,859 
 11,868 

 114,056 

(70,656)
–

(70,656)
(43,400)

(70,656)

(114,056)

No fixed 
maturity  
date  
£000

–
 33,309 
–

 33,309 

Total  
£000

 49,339 
 57,209 
 6,616 

 113,164 

(91,910)
–

(91,910)
(21,254)

(91,910)

(113,164)

No fixed 
maturity  
date  
£000

–
 23,017 
–

 23,017 

Total  
£000

 68,380 
 45,176 
 9,585 

 123,141 

(80,598)
–

(80,598)
(42,543)

(80,598)

(123,141)

–
–
–

–

–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–
–

–

58,601

 58,601 

–

–

More than  
1 year but not 
more than  
2 years  
£000

More than  
2 years but not 
more than  
5 years  
£000

More than  
5 years  
£000

 57,581 

 57,581 

–

–

Interest rate risk
The Group’s activities do not expose it to significant financial risks of changes in interest rates. There is considered to be 
no material interest rate risk in cash, trade and other receivables or trade and other payables.

The Group is exposed to movements in LIBOR rates on its external borrowings. A 1% movement in the interest rate 
applied to financial liabilities during 2021 would not have had a material impact on the Group’s results for the year.

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section128

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the 52-week period ended 27 February 2021

26.  Financial instruments continued

Capital risk management
The Board of Directors assesses the capital needs of the Group on an ongoing basis and approves all capital 
transactions ensuring these adhere to the criteria set out in the external loan facility. 

The Group’s policy is to maintain a strong equity and reserves base so as to maintain investor and market confidence 
and to sustain future development of the business. Management monitors the return on equity and return on assets and 
strives to deliver a progressive dividend policy for shareholders.

While the Group was not previously subject to any externally imposed capital requirements, it entered into a new funding 
arrangement during the period which limited capital expenditure in any given period. The limit of this expenditure is £5m , 
with an allowance to carry forward any unutilised headroom from the previous period.

The Board of Directors recognises the balance required between maximising shareholder return and maintaining a
prudent balance sheet. To this end the Group has a formal gearing policy. The Group defines gearing as Total Debt/Total 
Equity and has a preferred average level of gearing of less than 1.0.

The Group’s gearing at 27 February 2021 was:

Gross debt
Equity
Gearing

27.2.21 
£000

8,500 
70,653 
0.12

29.2.20 
£000

34,000
70,656
0.48

Existing loan facilities are subject to a number of bespoke financial covenants such as interest cover which are monitored 
internally and submitted on a monthly basis to funders. There were no breaches of any of these covenants in the period 
to 27 February 2021.

Any changes to existing or adding of new loan facilities requires the approval of the PLC Board.

Fair values of financial assets and liabilities
The Group has adopted the following fair value hierarchy in relation to its financial instruments that are carried in the 
balance sheet at the fair values at the year end:
•  Level 1 – quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
•  Level 2 – inputs, other than quoted prices included within Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability either 

directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices); and

•  Level 3 – inputs for the asset or liability not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

The fair values of amounts receivable from customers, bank loans and overdrafts and other assets and liabilities are 
considered to be materially different from their book values. Fair values which are recognised or disclosed in these 
financial statements are determined in whole or in part using a valuation technique based on assumptions that are 
supported by prices from observable current market transactions in the same instrument (ie, without modification or 
repackaging) and based on available observable market data. The fair value hierarchy is derived in accordance with 
IFRS 13 as follows: Level 1 for cash, Level 2 for borrowings and Level 3 for loan book, normal trade receivables, other 
payables and lease liabilities.

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section 
 
Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

129

The following table sets out the carrying value of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities in accordance with the
categories of financial instruments:

Group  
At 27 February 2021

Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Amounts receivable from customers
Trade and other receivables
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use asset
Goodwill
Deferred tax assets
Other intangible assets

Total assets

Liabilities:
Bank and other borrowings
Trade and other payables
Customer complaints provision

Lease liabilities

Total liabilities

Company  
At 27 February 2021

Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Amounts receivable from customers
Trade and other receivables
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use asset
Goodwill
Investment in subsidiary
Deferred tax assets
Other intangible assets

Total assets

Liabilities:
Bank and other borrowings
Trade and other payables
Customer complaints provision

Lease liabilities

Total liabilities

Financial 
assets 
measured at 
amortised cost  
£000

Financial 
liabilities 
measured at 
amortised cost  
£000

Non-financial 
assets/
liabilities  
£000

8,258 
53,490 
2,880 
–
–
–
–
–

64,628 

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–

(8,302)
(4,621) 

–

(1,784)

(14,707)

6,616 
47,952 
23,033 
–
–
–
–
–
–

77,601 

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
3,434
734 
1,696 
12,854 
581 
8,863 

28,162 

–
(5,418)
(2,012)

–

–
–
2,254
129 
1,113 
3,293 
23,011 
671 
5,092 

(7,430)

(22,137)

Financial 
assets 
measured at 
amortised cost  
£000

Financial 
liabilities 
measured at 
amortised cost  
£000

Non-financial 
assets/
liabilities  
£000

Total  
£000

8,258 
53,490 
6,314 
734 
1,696 
12,854 
581 
8,863 

92,790 

(8,302)
(10,039)
(2,012)

(1,784)

Total  
£000

6,616 
47,952 
25,287 
129 
1,113 
3,293 
23,011 
671 
5,092 

35,563 

113,164 

–
–
–

–

–

(8,302)
(5,018) 

–

(1,083)

(14,403)

–

(4,840) 
(2,012)

–

(8,302)
(9,858)
(2,012)

(1,083)

(6,852)

(21,255)

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
130

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the 52-week period ended 27 February 2021

Total  
£000

 11,868 
 72,828 
 4,757 
 818 
 2,783 
 659 
 12,981 
 7,362 

Total  
£000

 9,585 
 67,880 
 22,660 
 196 
 2,113 
 3,293 
 11,011 
 797 
 5,606 

Financial 
assets 
measured at 
amortised cost  
£000

Financial 
liabilities 
measured at 
amortised cost  
£000

Non-financial 
assets/
liabilities  
£000

 11,868 
 72,828 
 1,718 
–
–
–
–
–

 86,414 

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
3,039
 818 
 2,783 
 659 
 12,981 
 7,362 

 27,642 

 114,056 

–
–
–

–

(33,838)
(3,868)
(2,839)

(40,545)

–
(2,855)
–

(33,838)
(6,723)
(2,839)

(2,855) 

(43,400)

Financial 
assets 
measured at 
amortised cost  
£000

Financial 
liabilities 
measured at 
amortised cost  
£000

Non-financial 
assets/
liabilities  
£000

 9,585 
 67,880 
 20,865 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
–

 98,330 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
–

–

 – 
 – 
1,795 
 196 
 2,113 
 3,293 
 11,011 
 797 
 5,606 

 24,811 

 123,141 

 – 
 – 
 – 
–

–

(33,838)
(4,731)
(2,076)
–

(40,645)

 – 
(1,898) 
 – 
–

(33,838)
(6,629)
(2,076)
–

(1,898) 

(42,543)

26.  Financial instruments continued

Fair values of financial assets and liabilities continued

Group  
At 29 February 2020

Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Amounts receivable from customers
Trade and other receivables
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use asset
Goodwill
Deferred tax assets
Other intangible assets

Total assets

Liabilities:
Bank and other borrowings
Trade and other payables
Lease liabilities

Total liabilities

Company  
At 29 February 2020

Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Amounts receivable from customers
Trade and other receivables
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use asset
Goodwill
Investment in subsidiary
Deferred tax assets
Other intangible assets

Total assets

Liabilities:
Bank and other borrowings
Trade and other payables
Lease liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities

Total liabilities

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

131

The tables below show the fair value of financial assets and liabilities not presented at fair value in the balance sheet.

Group

Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Amounts receivable from customers
Trade and other receivables

Total assets

Liabilities:
Bank and other borrowings
Trade and other payables
Lease liabilities

Total liabilities

Company

Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Amounts receivable from customers
Trade and other receivables

Total assets

Liabilities:
Bank and other borrowings

Trade and other payables
Lease liabilities

Total liabilities

27.2.21

29.2.20

Fair Value 
£000

Book Value 
£000

Fair Value 
£000

Book Value 
£000

8,258 
72,764 
2,880 

83,902

8,258 
53,490 
2,880 

64,628 

11,868 
98,857
1,718 

112,443 

11,868 
72,828 
1,718 

86,414 

(8,500)
(4,621)
(1,784)

(8,302)
(4,621)
(1,784)

(14,905)

(14,707)

(34,000)
(3,868)
(2,839)

(40,707)

(33,838)
(3,868)
(2,839)

(40,545)

27.2.21

29.2.20

Fair Value 
£000

Book Value 
£000

Fair Value 
£000

Book Value 
£000

6,616 
64,195
23,033 

93,844

(8,500)

(5,018)
(1,083)

6,616 
47,952 
23,033 

77,601 

9,585 
91,338 
20,865 

121,788 

9,585 
67,880 
20,865 

98,330 

(8,302)

(5,018)
(1,083)

(34,000)

(33,838)

(4,731)
(2,076)

(4,731)
(2,076)

(14,601)

(14,403)

(40,807)

(40,645)

Key considerations in the calculation of fair values of those financial assets and liabilities not presented at fair value in 
the balance sheet are set out below. Where there is no significant difference between carrying value and fair value no 
additional information has been presented. Fair value of amounts receivable from customers has been derived by 
discounting expected future cash flows (net of collection costs) at the credit risk-adjusted discount rate at the balance 
sheet date. They are categorised within Level 3 as the expected future cash flows and discount rate are deemed to be 
significant unobservable inputs.

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
132

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the 52-week period ended 27 February 2021

26.  Financial instruments continued

 Fair values of financial assets and liabilities continued

Group  
At 27 February 2021

Trade and other payables
Tax liabilities
Accruals and deferred income
Customer complaints provision
Bank loans
Lease liabilities

At 27 February 2021

Company  
At 27 February 2021

Trade and other payables
Tax liabilities
Accruals and deferred income
Customer complaints provision
Bank loans
Lease liabilities

At 27 February 2021

Group  
At 29 February 2020

Trade and other payables
Tax liabilities
Accruals and deferred income
Bank loans
Lease liabilities

At 29 February 2020

Company  
At 27 February 2020

Trade and other payables
Tax liabilities
Accruals and deferred income
Bank loans
Lease liabilities

At 29 February 2020

 Repayable
on demand  
£000

Less than 
1 year  
£000

More than  
1 year but not 
more  
than 2 years  
£000

More than  
2 years but not 
more  
than 5 years  
£000

More than  
5 years  
£000

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

3,842 
–
6,197 
2,012
–
790 

12,841 

–
–
–
–
–
284 

284 

–
–
–
–
8,302 
342 

8,644 

–
–
–
–
–
368 

368 

 Repayable
on demand  
£000

Less than 
1 year  
£000

More than  
1 year but not 
more  
than 2 years  
£000

More than  
2 years but not 
more  
than 5 years  
£000

More than  
5 years  
£000

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

2,956 
–
6,902 
2,012
–
740 

12,610 

–
–
–
–
–
227 

227 

–
–
–
–
8,302 
116 

8,418 

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

 Repayable
on demand  
£000

Less than 
1 year  
£000

More than  
1 year but not 
more  
than 2 years  
£000

More than  
2 years but not 
more  
than 5 years  
£000

More than  
5 years  
£000

–
–
–
–
–

–

3,331 
–
3,392 
–
1,286 

8,009 

–
–
–
–
721 

721 

–
–
–
33,838 
387 

34,225 

–
–
–
–
445 

445 

 Repayable
on demand  
£000

Less than 
1 year  
£000

More than  
1 year but not 
more  
than 2 years  
£000

More than  
2 years but not 
more  
than 5 years  
£000

More than  
5 years  
£000

–
–
–
–
–

–

2,887 
–
3,742 
–
1,228 

7,857 

–
–
–
–
671 

671 

–
–
–
–
7 

7 

Total  
£000

3,842
–
6,197 
2,012
8,302 
1,784 

22,137 

Total  
£000

2,956 
–
6,902 
2,012
8,302 
1,083 

21,255 

Total  
£000

3,331 
–
3,392 
33,838 
2,839 

43,400 

Total  
£000

2,887 
–
3,742 
33,838 
2,076 

42,543 

–
–
–
33,838 
170 

34,008 

29.2.20 
£000

–
 6,482 
 509 
(4,491)
(2,500)

–

Company

27.2.21 
£000

29.2.20 
£000

–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–

–

The table below summarises the movement in contingent consideration.

Contingent consideration

As at 29 February 2020
Contingent consideration arising on acquisitions
Unwind of discount on contingent consideration
Paid
Written off

As at 27 February 2021

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Group

27.2.21 
£000

–
–
–
–
–

–

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN SectionStrategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

133

27.  Share-based payments

The Deferred Share Plan (DSP) – Senior Management Team
The Company introduced this share option plan on 26 April 2016 with 1,002,310 share options being issued under the 
plan on admission to AIM (Admission). A second share option plan was granted on 5 May 2017 when 989,700 share 
options were issued, and a third share option plan granted on 5 May 2018 when 964,100 share options were issued.  
No shares were awarded for 2019/20 since the TSR performance conditions were not met. Subsequent share  
options are granted to Executive Directors and senior managers on a rolling annual basis at the discretion of the 
Remuneration Committee. 

During the period covered by this report, share options were issued as follows:

Grant date

28 January 2021

Share options 
issued

1,100,252

January 2021 was the earliest month in which awards could be made in an open period for share dealing, following the 
announcement of the Group’s FY20 annual results. The performance period started on 21 May 2020.

Share awards are subject to performance conditions which are: delivery of total shareholder return, targeted profits, 
compliance training, and individual executive performance. The first of these conditions assessing the Company’s 
absolute total shareholder return (TSR), over a twelve-month period. 25% of the award will vest for an increase in TSR  
of 7.5%, rising on a straight-line basis to 100% vesting for 12.6% annual TSR growth, subject to the other performance 
conditions referred to below.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction of the TSR performance condition referred to above, any vesting of these share 
awards will also be subject to the satisfaction of further performance conditions measured up to the end of the financial 
year ending February 2022. In order for these Awards to vest, the Company will have to achieve the targeted level of 
profit before tax for the financial year ending in February 2021. The vesting of the initial Awards is also conditional on 
the Remuneration Committee determining that, over the period finishing at the end of the financial year ending in 
February 2023:
• 
• 
• 

the Company’s internal and external audits and compliance training delivery have been satisfactory;
the Company has retained all relevant FCA authorisation for the carrying on of its business; and
the participant has not been subject to any disciplinary action and their personal performance has been satisfactory.

For any subsequent annual grants, the Remuneration Committee will set any performance conditions by reference to 
the Company’s long-term strategy, which may include total shareholder return and/or financial metrics and/or key 
strategic goals to support long-term value creation. It is the Remuneration Committee’s current intention that the 
vesting of any Awards granted to the Company’s senior management team in respect of the financial years ending 
February 2022 and 2023 will at least in part be subject to the Company’s TSR performance.

Any performance condition may be amended or substituted if one or more events occur which cause the Remuneration 
Committee to consider that an amended or substituted performance condition would be more appropriate and not 
materially less difficult to satisfy.

Awards will not be granted to a participant under the DSP over Ordinary Shares with a market value (as determined by 
the Remuneration Committee) in excess of 100% of salary in respect of any financial year.

As of the balance sheet date, the estimated market value of each share option granted is £0.63 (2020: £1.08). This has 
resulted in a charge to the profit or loss account of £847,654 (2020: £156,594) during the year.

The market value of the shares at the grant date is calculated using a Monte Carlo simulation. The assumptions used in 
the calculation are set out below:

Grant date

Expected volatility
Expected term
Risk-free rate
Dividend yield

8 May
2016

26%
1
0.34%
0%

5 May
2017

45%
1
0.34%
0%

5 May
2018

30%
1
0.34%
0%

DSP

5 May
2019

30%
1
1.05%
0%

1 July
2019

31%
0.83
0.88%
0%

22 July
2019

33%
0.75
0.88%
0%

1 Sept
2019

35%
0.67
0.88%
0%

28 Jan 
2021

90%
0.42
0.80%
0%

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section134

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the 52-week period ended 27 February 2021

27.  Share-based payments continued

The Deferred Share Plan (DSP) – Senior Management Team continued
Expected volatility is calculated based on movements in the Company’s share price in the 12 months preceding the grant 
date. In prior years this was based on the volatility in the share prices for the Company’s peer group due to the lack of 
historical data in relation to the Company’s own share price.

Outstanding at 29 February 2020
Awarded/granted
Lapsed
Exercised

Outstanding at 27 February 2021

Exercisable as at 27 February 2021

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise  
Price  
(£)

–
–
–
–

–

–

Number

 1,302,533 
 1,751,519 
–
(989,700)

 2,064,352 

–

For the share options outstanding at 27 February 2021, the weighted average remaining contractual life is 8.3 years 
(2020: 8.1 years).

All options are expected to be equity settled. The estimated amount to be transferred to the tax authority to settle the 
employers’ tax obligations is £176,910.

The Share Option Plan (SOP) – Employees
On 19 October 2017 the Company introduced its first share option plan that entitles employees to purchase shares in the 
Company at an exercise price of £0.01 per share. 238,097 share options were issued under the plan.

The fair value of the employee share options has been measured using the Black-Scholes valuation method. Service and 
non-market performance conditions were not taken into account in measuring fair value.

As of the balance sheet date, the estimated market value of each share option granted is £0.63 (2020: £1.08). This has 
resulted in a charge to the profit or loss account of £37,650 (2020: £77,549) during the year.

The market value of the shares at the grant date is calculated using the Black-Scholes valuation method. The
assumptions used in the calculation are set out below:

Grant date

Expected volatility
Expected term
Risk-free rate
Dividend yield

SOP

19 October 
2017

5 December 
2018

5 December 
2019

40%
1
0.75%
4.75%

40%
1
0.68%
5.21%

36%
1
0.98%
6.14%

Expected volatility is calculated based on movements in the Company’s share price in the 12 months preceding the  
grant date.

Outstanding at 29 February 2020
Awarded/granted
Lapsed
Exercised

Outstanding at 27 February 2021

Exercisable as at 27 February 2021

Number

 245,797 
 – 
(21,341)
(90,387)

 134,069 

–

For the share options outstanding at 27 February 2021, the weighted average remaining contractual life is 7.2 years. 
(2020: 7.9 years).

All options are expected to be equity settled. The estimated amount to be transferred to the tax authority to settle the 
employers’ tax obligations is £11,489.

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise  
Price  
(£)

 0.01 
 0.01 
 0.01 
 0.01 

 0.01 

–

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section 
 
Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

135

Share Incentive Plan (SIP) – Employees
On 5 December 2018 the Company introduced an approved share incentive scheme (SIP) for all employees and issued 
292,122 Ordinary Shares with a nominal value of £0.01. The shares are held by an independent trust for the duration of 
the holding period and subsequent share options are granted to employees on a rolling annual basis at the discretion of 
the Remuneration Committee and subject to the Company’s profit performance in the previous financial year.

The fair value of the employee share options has been measured using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. Service 
and non-market performance conditions were not taken into account in measuring fair value.

As at the balance sheet date, the estimated market value of each share option granted is £0.63 (2020: £1.08). This has 
resulted in a charge to the profit or loss account of £238,048 (2020: £100,375) during the period.

Grant date

Expected volatility
Expected term
Risk-free rate
Dividend yield

SIP

5 December 
2018

5 December 
2019

41%
1
0.68%
0%

36%
1
0.98%
6.14%

As there are no market-based performance conditions attached to this scheme the expected volatility is deemed to
be neutral. 

Outstanding at 29 February 2020
Awarded/granted
Lapsed

Outstanding at 27 February 2021

Exercisable as at 27 February 2021

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise  
Price  
(£)

–
–
–

–

–

Number

 554,973 
–
(18,952)

 536,021 

–

For the share options outstanding at 27 February 2021, the weighted average remaining contractual life is 8.3 years 
(2020: 9.3 years).

All options are expected to be equity settled. The estimated amount to be transferred to the tax authority to settle the 
employers’ tax obligations is £41,521.

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section 
136

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the 52-week period ended 27 February 2021

28.  Related party transactions

Hay Wain Holdings Limited (formerly FCAP Four Limited) is the immediate parent undertaking of Hay Wain Group Limited.

The Company undertook the following transactions with its former parent and subsidiaries during the period: 

52 weeks ended 27 February 2021
Hay Wain Holdings Limited
Hay Wain Group Limited
Shopacheck Financial Services Limited
Shelby Finance Limited

53 weeks ended 29 February 2020
Hay Wain Holdings Limited
Hay Wain Group Limited
Shopacheck Financial Services Limited
Shelby Finance Limited

At the period end the following balances were outstanding:

Hay Wain Holdings Limited
Hay Wain Group Limited
Shopacheck Financial Services Limited
Shelby Finance Limited

Amounts owed from/(to) related parties

Dividends 
Received/
(Paid)  
£000

Interest 
Recharge  
£000

Professional 
Fees 
Recharged  
£000

–
(477)
–
–

(477)

–
(3,719)
–
–

(3,719)

–
–
–
1,544

1,544

–
–
–
1,055

1,055

–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–

–

27.2.21 
£000

 – 
 – 
(1,321)
 21,773 

 20,452 

29.2.20  
£000

 – 
 – 
(1,321)
 20,448 

 19,127 

The amounts outstanding are unsecured and will be settled in cash. No guarantees have been given or received. No 
provisions have been made for doubtful debts in respect of the amounts owed by related parties.

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

137

29.  Provisions

Group

At 29 February 2020
Additional Provisions in the year

At 27 February 2021

Group

Analysed as:
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities

Customer 
Complaints
£’000

–
2,012 

2,012 

Other
£’000

–
–

–

Total
£’000

–
2,012 

2,012 

27.2.21
£’000

29.2.20
£’000

2,012 
–

2,012 

–
–

–

Complaints provision
The complaints provision represents management’s best estimate of the group’s liability in regard to outstanding 
customer complaints that remained unresolved as at the balance sheet date. In estimating the provision, management 
have incorporated historical company information for the average percentage of complaints which are upheld, and the 
average value of compensation claims paid out. The provision represents the present value of management’s best 
estimate of the future outflow of cash required to settle the complaints and FOS fees in full. The full provision is recorded 
in the accounts of Morses Club PLC.

30.  Contingent Liabilities 

The non-standard lending sector has continued to experience the impact of CMC’s and high-profile publicity 
campaigners promoting the potential for customers to claim redress from their lenders. As a result, the number of 
complaints in regards to irresponsible lending and referrals to FOS has risen significantly across the sector. Although 
proportionately lower than other lenders in the home credit sector, the Group has experienced an increase in complaints 
and FOS referrals during the period. The Group has recognised a provision for the cost of fully settling complaints and 
FOS fees in relation to outstanding complaints at the balance sheet date. However, should the final outcome of these 
complaints differ materially to management’s best estimates, the cost could be higher than expected. It is however not 
possible to estimate this increase reliably.

31.  Post balance sheet events

In May 2021, the Group agreed a new loan facility with a consortium of two lenders, which secured funding for our HCC 
and digital products through to December 2022. This was at a reduced commitment level of £35m, all in the RCF, 
compared to the £40m funding commitment previously in place until December 2021. 

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section138

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the 52-week period ended 27 February 2021

ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES

This Annual Report and Financial Statements provides alternative performance measures (APMs) which are not defined 
or specified under the requirements of International Financial Reporting Standards. We believe these APMs provide 
readers with important additional information on our business. To support this, we have included a reconciliation of the 
APMs we use where relevant and a glossary indicating the APMs that we use, an explanation of how they are calculated 
and why we use them.

APM

Closest
Statutory
Measure

Definition and Purpose

Income statement measures

Impairment as % of Revenue 
(%)

None

Agent Commission as % of 
Revenue (%)

None

Cost/Income Ratio or 
Operating Cost Ratio (%)

None

Credit Issued (£m)

Sales Growth (%)

None

None

Gross Profit before Covid-19
adjustment

Profit Before 
Tax

Statutory Profit Before Tax
before Covid-19 adjustment

Profit Before 
Tax

Normalised Adjusted Profit
Before Tax (£m)

Profit Before 
Tax

Adjusted Profit Before Tax 
(£m)

Profit Before 
Tax

Adjusted Profit Before Tax 
(underlying HCC)

Profit Before 
Tax

Impairment as a percentage of revenue is reported impairment divided by 
reported revenue and represents a measure of credit quality that is used 
across the business and within the sector. 

Agent commission, which is included in cost of sales, divided by reported 
revenue. This calculation is used to measure operational efficiency and the 
proportion of income generated which is paid to agents.

The cost/income ratio is cost of sales and administration expenses, 
excluding exceptional items, finance costs and amortisation divided by 
reported revenue. This is used as another efficiency measure of the 
Company’s cost base.

Credit issued is the principal value of loans advanced to customers and is 
an important measure of the level of lending in the business. 

Sales growth is the period-on-period change in credit issued.

Gross Profit per the Income statement adjusted for the Covid-19 overlay.
This is used to provide a measure of gross profit before the impact of
Covid-19.

Profit Before Tax per the Income statement adjusted for the Covid-19
overlay. This is used to provide a measure of business performance before
the impact of Covid-19.

Profit Before Tax per the Income statement adjusted for the Covid-19
impairment, exceptional items, non-recurring costs and amortisation of
goodwill and acquisition intangibles. This is used to measure ongoing
business performance.

Profit before tax per the income statement adjusted for exceptional items, 
non-recurring costs and amortisation of goodwill and acquisition 
intangibles. This is used to measure ongoing business performance.

Profit before tax per the income statement adjusted for exceptional items, 
non-recurring costs and amortisation of goodwill and acquisition 
intangibles, territory build subsidies and losses of Digital CGU.

Normalised Earnings Per
Share

Earnings Per 
Share

Normalised Adjusted Profit After Tax divided by the weighted average
number of shares. This gives a better reflection of underlying earnings
generated for shareholders.

Adjusted Earnings Per Share Earnings Per 

Share

Adjusted profit after tax divided by the weighted average number of 
shares. This gives a better reflection of underlying earnings generated for 
shareholders.

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN SectionStrategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

139

Reconciliation of statutory profit before tax to adjusted profit before tax and explanation of adjusted EPS

£’m (unless otherwise stated)

Statutory Profit Before Tax
Covid-19 adjustment to impairment

Statutory Profit Before Tax before Covid-19 adjustment
Acquisition, restructuring and non-recurring costs
Exceptional gain2
Amortisation of acquisition intangibles3

Normalised Adjusted Profit Before Tax1
Covid-19 adjustment to impairment

Adjusted Profit Before Tax1
Tax on Adjusted Profit Before Tax

Adjusted Profit After Tax
Statutory EPS1
Normalised EPS1
Adjusted EPS1

Statutory Return on Assets1
Normalised Return on Assets1
Adjusted Return on Assets1
Statutory Return on Equity1
Normalised Return on Equity1
Adjusted Return on Equity1

FY20

Digital

(9.7)
–

(9.7)
 2.6
(2.3)
0.4

(9.0)
–

(9.0)
(0.4)

(9.4)

FY21

Digital

(11.3)
–

(11.3)
 2.4
–
–

(8.9)
–

(8.9)
(0.2)

(9.1)

HCC

11.8 
–

11.8
 2.9
–
0.3

15.0
–

15.0
(0.8)

14.2

22.0%
27.2%
27.2%
18.5%
22.8%
22.8%

Total

0.5 
–

0.5
 5.3
–
0.3

6.1
–

6.1
(1.0)

5.1
0.2p
3.9p
3.9p

0.3%
8.9%
8.9%
0.4%
10.3%
10.3%

HCC

21.2 
1.7

22.9
 0.9
–
0.8

24.5
(1.7)

22.8
(2.4)

20.4

27.5%
31.1%
29.3%
30.1%
34.1%
32.1%

Total

11.5 
1.7

13.2
 3.5
(2.3)
1.2

15.5
(1.7)

13.8
(2.8)

11.0
7.3p
9.5p
8.4p

12.8%
16.6%
14.8%
17.2%
22.3%
19.9%

1  Definitions are set out in the Glossary of Alternative Performance Measures on Pages 138 to 141 of the Annual Report and Accounts.
2  Release of contingent consideration in relation to the U Holdings Limited acquisition.
3  Amortisation of acquired customer lists and agent networks.

Adjusted basic earnings per share
Basic earnings
Amortisation of acquisition intangibles
Non-recurring (income)/costs
Tax effect of the above

Adjusted earnings

Covid-19 adjustments to impairment

Tax effect of the above

Adjusted earnings

52 weeks 
ended  
27.2.21  
£000

53 weeks 
ended  
29.2.20  
£000

217 
345 
5,339 
(799)

5,102 

 - 

 - 

9,477 
1,222 
2,822 
(1,180)

10,989 

(1,669)

317)

5,102 

10,989 

Weighted average number of shares for the purposes of basic earnings per share (’000s)

131,383 

130,531 

Normalised adjusted earnings per share amount (pence)

Adjusted earnings per share amount (pence)

3.9p

3.9p

9.5p

8.4p

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section 
 
 
 
 
 
140

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued
For the 52-week period ended 27 February 2021

ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES continued

APM

Closest
Statutory
Measure

Definition and Purpose

Balance sheet and returns measures

Tangible Equity (£m)

Equity

Net assets less intangible assets less acquisition intangibles.

Normalised Return on Equity 
(%)

None

Adjusted Return on Equity  
(%)

None

Normalised Return on
Assets (%)

None

Adjusted Return on Assets 
(%)

None

Calculated as normalised adjusted profit after tax divided by rolling
12-month average of tangible equity. This calculation has been adjusted to
an IFRS 9 basis. It is used as a measure of overall shareholder returns
adjusted for exceptional items. This is presented within the annual report
as the Directors believe they are more representative of the underlying
operations of the business.

Calculated as adjusted profit after tax divided by rolling 12-month average of 
tangible equity. This calculation has been adjusted to an IFRS 9 basis. It is used 
as a measure of overall shareholder returns adjusted for exceptional items. This 
is presented within the annual report as the Directors believe they are more 
representative of the underlying operations of the business.

Calculated as normalised adjusted profit after tax divided by 12-month
average Net Loan Book. This calculation has been adjusted to an IFRS 9
basis. It is used as a measure of profitability generated from the loan
book. Net Loan Book is Amounts owing from customers less provisions for
deferred income and impairments. This is presented within the annual
report as the Directors believe they are more representative of the
underlying operations of the business.

Calculated as adjusted profit after tax divided by 12-month average net loan 
book. This calculation has been adjusted to an IFRS 9 basis. It is used as a 
measure of profitability generated from the loan book. Net loan book is 
amounts owing from customers less provisions for deferred income and 
impairments. This is presented within the annual report as the Directors believe 
they are more representative of the underlying operations of the business.

Tangible Equity/Average 
Receivables Ratio (%)

None

Net Assets less intangible assets less acquisition intangibles divided by 
12-month average receivables. This calculation has been adjusted to an  
IFRS 9 basis.

Adjusted return on assets and adjusted return on equity 

£’m

Normalised Adjusted Profit After Tax (Rolling 12 months)
Adjusted profit after tax (rolling 12 months)
12-month average net loan book

Normalised adjusted return on assets

Adjusted return on assets

12-month average equity

Normalised adjusted return on equity

Adjusted return on equity

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021

52 weeks 
ended  
27.2.21  
FY21

53 weeks 
ended  
29.2.20  
FY20

5.1
5.1 
57.5

12.3
11.0 
74.3

8.87%

16.61%

8.87%

14.79%

48.1

55.3

10.29%

22.32%

10.29%

19.87%

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN Section 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Financial Statements

141

APM

Other measures

Customers

Agents

Closest
Statutory
Measure

None

None

Definition and Purpose

Customers who have an active loan and from whom we have received a 
payment of at least £3 in the last 17 weeks.

Agents are self-employed individuals who represent the Group’s 
subsidiaries and are engaged under an agency agreement.

Cash from Operations 
(excluding investment in loan 
book) (£m)

Cash from 
Operations

Cash from operations (excluding investment in the loan book) is cash from 
operations excluding the growth in the loan book due to either acquisition or 
movement in the net receivable otherwise.

Adjusted Net Margin

None

Adjusted profit before tax (which excludes amortisation of intangibles on 
acquisitions, the one-off costs of the IPO and other non-operating costs) 
divided by reported revenue. This is used to measure overall efficiency and 
profitability.

Cash from Funding (£m)

None

Cash from funding is the increase/(decrease) in the bank loan balance.

C_GEN_PageC_GEN_PageL2C_GEN SectionMorses Club PLC Information for 

Shareholders

142

Morses Club PLC
Information for Shareholders

Financial Calendar 2021

22 June 2021 
2 July 2021 
30 July 2021 
October 2021 

Annual General Meeting
FY21 ex-dividend date
FY21 final dividend paid
FY22 half-year results announced

Company Information

Registered Office and Website
Building 1
The Phoenix Centre
1 Colliers Way
Nottingham
NG8 6AT

Website: www.morsesclubplc.com
Email: investors@morsesclubplc.com

Company Registration Number
06793980

Independent Auditor
Deloitte LLP
Four Brindley Place
Birmingham
B1 2HZ

Nominated Adviser
Peel Hunt LLP
Moor House
120 London Wall
London
EC2Y 5ET

Broker
Peel Hunt LLP
Moor House
120 London Wall
London
EC2Y 5ET

Solicitor
Eversheds Sutherland
(International) LLP
Bridgewater Place
Water Lane
Leeds
LS11 5DR

Financial Communications
Camarco Limited
107 Cheapside  
London
EC2V 6DN

Registrar
Link Asset Services
34 Beckenham Road
Beckenham  
Kent
BR3 4TU

Morses Club Annual Report & Accounts 2021

C_GEN_PageL2C_GEN SectionM

o

r

s

e

s

C

l

u

b

P

L

C

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

&

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

1

Morses Club PLC
Building 1
The Phoenix Centre
1 Colliers Way
Nottingham
NG8 6AT